BT Elec Sys Upgrade and Generator InstallSECT10N 00 01 01
PROJECT TITLE PAGE
PROJECT MANUAL
FOR
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K―BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N
800 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,:LLINOIS 60523
OWNER
VILLAGE OF OAKBR00K
1200 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,lL 60523
ARCH:TECT′ENGINEER
KLUBER ARCHITECTS■ENGINEERS
10 SiSHUMWAY AVE.
BATAV:A,ILLiNOIS 60510
END OF DOCUMENT
PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1179 000101‐1cOpynght2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥RIghts Reserved
SECT10N 00 01 01
PRO」ECT TITLE PAGE
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
BID PACKAGE
l. Invitation for Bidder's Proposals
2. General Instructions to Bidders
3. Bidder's Proposal
4. Bidder's Sworn Acknowledgement
5. Bidder's Swom Work History Statement
6. Notice of Award
7. Contract
Contractor' s Certifi cation
Attachment A: Supplemental Schedule of Conffact Terms
Attachment B: Specifications
Attachment C: List of Drawings
Attachment D: Special Project Requirements
Appendix 1: Prevailing Wages
Appendix 2: Form of Performance Bond
Appendix 3: Form of Labor and Materials Bond
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATⅡ&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N
BID PACKAGE
INVITATION FOR BIDDER'S PROPOSALS
OWNER: Village of Oak Brook
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
1. Invitation to Bid
Owner invites sealed Bidder's Proposals for the Work described in detail in the Contract
and generally described as follows:
Provide and install all materials needed for the Bath & Tennis Club Electrical System Upgrade
and Generator Installation as shown on the drawings and described herein. The general contractor
shall provide and install all materials, unless noted otherwise.
The Work shall be performed at the following Work Site:
Oak Brook Bath & Tennis Club, 800 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
2. The Bid Packaee
The Bid Package consists of the following documents, all of which are by this reference
made a part of this Invitation for Bidder's Proposals as though fully set forth herein:
A. Invitation for Bidder's Proposals;
B. General Instructions to Bidders;
C. Addenda, if any are issued during the bidding process;
D. Bidder's Proposal;
E. Bidder's SwornAcknowledgement;
F. Bidder's Sworn Work History Statement;
G. Other information submitted by Bidder, if requested during the bidding process;
INVITAT10N
I.
Notice of Award; and
Contract, including all of its attachments and appendices, if any.
4. Inspection and Examination
Bid Documents may be obtained in two ways:
1. Via the Intemet at www.oak-brook.org at no charge.
2. A paper hard copy may be obtained in person from Owner's Purchasing Division,
Butler Government Center, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523.
The Bid Package may be examined at the office of Owner as listed above. In making
copies of the Bid Package available to prospective Bidders, Owner does so only for the purpose of
obtaining Bidder's Proposals and such provision does not confer a license or grant for any other
use.
Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder's Proposal, carefully examine
the Bid Package. Each prospective Bidder shall inspect in detail the Work Site and the surrounding
area and shall familiarrze itself with all local conditions, including subsurface, underground and
other concealed conditions, affecting the Contract, the Work and the Work Site. The Bidder whose
Bidder's Proposal is accepted will be responsible for all elrors in its Bidder's Proposal including
those resulting from its failure or neglect to make a thorough examination and investigation of the
Bid Package and the conditions of the Work Site and the surrounding area.
The Contract specifications may include the Illinois Department of Transportation's
General Conditions of the Contract, "State of Illinois Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction" (SSRB); "standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in
Illinois" (SSWS); "Ilinois Manual on Uniform Traffrc Control Devices for Streets and Highways"
(MUTCD). The specifications also may include Owners' Village Code and Building Code.
References to any of these manuals, codes, and specifications means the latest editions effective
on the date of the bid opening.
5. Pre-Bid Meetine
Every prospective bidder is required to attend a Pre-bid Meeting and Walk-Thru scheduled
for L0:00 A.M., Wednesday June 20,2018, at the Oak Brook Bath & Tennis Club, 800 Oak
Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523rto review the scope of the improvements and the project
specifications. Failure to attend this mandatory meeting will disquatify the bidder.
6. Bid Openine
Owner will receive sealed Bidder's Proposals for the Work until L0:00 a.m., local time,
Wednesday, June 2702018, in the Samuel E. Dean Board Room, at the Butler Government
Center located at 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brooko Illinois 60523, at which time, or as soon
H.
-2-
INVITATION
thereafter as possible, all Bidder's Proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud. Bidders or
their agents are invited to be present.
7. Bid Securitv. Bonds and Insurance
A. Bid Security. Each Bidder's Proposal shall be accompanied by a security deposit
of at least 5 percent of the Bidder's Price Proposal in the form of (1) a Cashier's Check or Certified
Check drawn on a solvent bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and payable
without condition to Owner or (2) a Bid Bond in a form satisfactory to Owner from a surety
company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with a general rating of A minus and a
financial size category of Class X or better in Best's Insurance Guide.
B. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish
a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond on award of the Contract, each in
the penal sum of the full amount of the Contract Price, on forms provided by, or otherwise
acceptable to, Owner, from a surety company meeting the requirements set forth above. Each
Bidder's Proposal must be accompanied by a letter from such a surety company stating that it will
execute Bonds on forms provided by, or otherwise acceptable to, Owner, on award of the Contract
to Bidder.
C. Insurance. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish certificates of
insurance as required by Section 4.2 of the Contract on award of the Contract. Each Bidder's
Proposal must be accompanied by a letter from Bidder's insurance carrier or its agent certifying
that said insurer has read the requirements set forth in the Contract and will issue the required
certificates and policies of insurance on award of the Contract to Bidder.
DATED: June 13,2018
Village of Oak Brook
Charlotte K. Pruss
Village Clerk
-3-
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
BID PACKAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATⅡ&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
BID PACKAGE
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Interpretation of Documents Included in Bid Packase
A. Defined Terms. All terms capitalized in these General Instructions to Bidders and
in the other documents included in the Bid Package are defined in the documents included in the
Bid Package and shall have such defined meanings wherever used.
B. Implied Terms. tf any personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies that are not
directly or indirectly set forth in the Contract are nevertheless necessary to the proper provision,
performance, and completion of the whole of the Work in accordance with the intent of the
Contract, each prospective Bidder shall understand such personnel, equipment, materials, or
supplies to be implied and shall provide for such personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies in
its Bidder's Proposal as fully as if it were particularly described.
C. Information Provided by Owner. When information pertaining to subsurface,
underground or other concealed conditions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, utility locations or
conditions, buried structures, condition of existing structures, and other preliminary investigations
is distributed with the Bid Package, or such information is otherwise made available to any
prospective Bidder by Owner, such information is distributed or made available solely for the
convenience of such prospective Bidder and is not part of the Bid Package. Owner assumes no
responsibility whatever in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of any such information, and there
is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated are
representative of those existing throughout the Work or the Work Site, or that the conditions
indicated are representative of those existing at any particular location, or that unanticipated
conditions may not be present.
D. Addenda. No interpretation of the documents included within the Bid Package will
be made except by written addendum duly issued by Owner ("Addendum"). No interpretation not
contained in an Addendum shall be valid or have any force or effect whatever, nor entitle any
Bidder to assert any claim or demand against Owner on account thereof.
All Addenda issued prior to the opening of Bidder's Proposals shall become apart of the Bid
Package. Each prospective Bidder shall be responsible for inquiring from time to time as to the
availability of Addenda.
INSTRUCTIONS
If any prospective Bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Bid Package, such
prospective Bidder shall submit to Owner a written request for an interpretation thereof as far in
advance of the scheduled opening of Bidder's Proposals as possible.
Owner shall use its best efforts to issue Addenda in response to all valid, appropriate, and timely
inquiries, but accepts no responsibility for doing so. Inquiries not answered by Addenda shall be
considered invalid, inappropriate, or untimely inquiries.
2. Calculation of Unit Price Proposals
On all items for which Bidder's Proposals are to be received on a unit price basis, the
approximate quantities stated in the Schedule of Prices are Owner's estimate only for Owner's
convenience in comparing Bidder's Proposals and shall not be relied on by Prospective Bidders.
Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder's Proposal, make its own estimate of
the quantities of Unit Price Items required to complete the Work.
3. Prevailins Wases
In accordance with the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq., not less than the
prevailing rate of wages for similar work in the locality in which the Work is to be performed shall
be paid to all laborers. Specific provisions relating to the Prevailing Wage Act, and required of
the Contractor, are included in the Contract. A copy of Owner's ordinance ascertaining the
prevailing rate of wages in effect as of the date of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals, is included
in the Bid Package. If the Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages
to be paid, the revised rate shall apply to the Contract.
4. Taxes and Benefits
Owner is exempt from state and local sales, use, and excise taxes. Bidder's Price Proposal
shall not include any such taxes. A letter of exemption will be provided to the successful Bidder,
if necessary. Owner will not reimburse, nor assist the successful Bidder in obtaining
reimbursement for, any state or local sales, use or excise taxes paid by the successful Bidder.
Bidder's Price Proposal shall include all other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of
every kind or nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for
unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities or other similar
benefits.
5. Permits and Licenses
Except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract, Bidder's Price
Proposal shall include the cost of obtaining all permits, licenses, and other approvals and
authorizations required by law for performance of the Work. It shall be the sole responsibility of
each prospective Bidder to determine the applicable permits, licenses, and other approvals and
authorizations and no extra compensation shall be paid by Owner for the successful Bidder's
failure to include these costs in its Bidder's Proposal.
-2¨
INSTRUCTIONS
6. Preparation of Bidder's Proposal
Bidder's Proposals to enter into the Contract for the Work shall be made only on the blank
Bidder's Proposal form furnished by Owner and included in the Bid Package.
The Village requests that proposals are written legibly in ink. In case of any conflict
between words and numbers, words shall prevail. In case of any error in adding or multiplying
individual items, the prices listed for individual items shall control over any incorrect total of such
items. A Bidder's Proposal may be rejected if it does not contain a requested price for each and
every item named in the Bidder's Proposal form or may be interpreted as bidding "no charge" to
Owner for any item left blank.
Prospective Bidders are warned against making alterations of any kind to the Bidder's
Proposal form or to any entry thereon. Bidder's Proposals that contain omissions, conditions,
alterations, or additions not called for may be rejected or interpreted so as to be most favorable to
Owner.
Each Bidder shall securely staple into its Bidder's Proposal a copy of each Addendum
issued and shall include in the place provided therefor in the Bidder's Proposal form a listing of
all such Addenda.
Each Bidder shall complete and securely staple into its Bidder's Proposal the Bidder's
Sworn Acknowledgement and the Bidder's Sworn Work History Statement included in the Bid
Package, and shall staple into its Bidder's Proposal the Bid Security and the surety and insurance
commitment letters as specified in the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
Every Bidder submitting a Bidder's Proposal shall be conclusively deemed to have
evidenced an intention to be bound thereby whether or not the requirements for signing Bidder's
Proposals found in Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders are satisfied. However, any
Bidder's Proposal that fails to comply with Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders may
nevertheless be rej ected.
Bidder's Proposals that are not submitted on the Bidder's Proposal form furnished by
Owner or that are not prepared in accordance with these General Instructions to Bidders may be
rejected. If a deficiently prepared Bidder's Proposal is not rejected, Owner may demand correction
of any deficiency and award the Contract to Bidder on satisfactory compliance with these General
Instructions to Bidders.
7, SignatureRequirements
A. Bidder's Proposals. The following requirements shall be observed in the signing
of each Bidder's Proposal:
(1) Corporations. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a corporation shall be
signed by the President or other authorized officer of the corporation and
-3-
(2)
(3)
(4)
INSTRUCTIONS
shall also bear the attesting signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of the corporation.
Partnerships. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a partnership shall be
signed by all of its general partners or by an attorney-in-fact.
Individuals. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by an individual shall be
signed by such individual or by an attorney-in-fact.
Joint Ventures. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a joint venture shall
be signed by each signatory of the joint venture agreement by which such
joint venture was formed in accordance with the applicable provisions of
(l), (2), and (3) above or by an attorney-in-fact.
When requested by Owner, satisfactory evidence of the authority of the person or persons signing
on behalf of Bidder shall be furnished.
B. Other Documents. The signature requirements set forth in Subsection 7A shall
apply to all other documents in the Bid Package required to be executed by Bidder, Bidder's
sureties and Bidder's insurance representatives as well as to the Contract, the Contractor's
Certification, and all other required documentation related to the Contract.
8. Bid Securitv
A. Required Bid Security. Every Bidder's Proposal shall be accompanied by bid
security in the form of a Cashier's Check, Certified Check or Bid Bond as specified in the
Invitation for Bidder's Proposals ("Bid Security"), which Bid Security shall stand as a guaranty
that (l) Bidder will submit all additional information requested by Owner; (2) if such Bidder's
Proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely file the Bonds and the certificates and policies of insurance
required by the Contract; and (3) if such Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely execute
the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required documentation related to the
Contract.
B. Return of Bid Security. Bid Security submitted in the form of Cashier's Checks or
Certified Checks will be returned within five days after execution of the Contract by Owner. Bid
Bonds will not be returned unless otherwise requested by Bidder.
C. Liquidated Damases. If a Bidder fails to timely submit all additional information
requested by Owner, or if the successful Bidder fails to timely and properly submit all required
Bonds, certificates and policies of insurance, or if the successful Bidder fails to timely and properly
execute the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required documentation related
to the Contract, it will be difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of
damage that Owner will sustain by reason of any such failure. For such reason, every Bidder shall,
by submitting its Bidder's Proposal, be deemed to agree that Owner shall have the right, at its
option in the event of any such default, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated
damages, and not as a penalty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or five percent of the Bidder's
-4-
INSTRUCTIONS
Price Proposal, whichever is greater, or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have
against the defaulting Bidder.
9. Submission of Bidder's Proposal
One copy of each Bidder's Proposal, properly signed, together with all other required
documents, shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope or package and shall be addressed and delivered
to the place, before the time, and in the manner designated in the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
All Bidder's Proposals received after the time for the opening of bids specified in the Invitation
for Bidder's Proposals will be re
Each sealed envelope or package containing a Bidder's Proposal shall be identified as such
and shall be marked with the title of the Contract and Bidder's full legal name. All Addenda will
be considered part of each Bidder's Proposal whether attached or not.
10. Withdrawal of Bidder's Proposal
Any Bidder's Proposal may be withdrawn at any time prior to the opening of any Bidder's
proposal, provided that a request in writing, executed by Bidder in the manner specified in
Section 7 of these General lnstructions to Bidders, for the withdrawal of such Bidder's Proposal
is fi1ed with Owner prior to the opening of any Bidder's Proposal. The withdrawal of a Bidder's
proposal prior to opening of any Bidder's Proposal will not prejudice the right of Bidder to file a
new Bidder's Proposal.
No Bidder's Proposal shall be withdrawn without the consent of Owner for a period of
60 days after the opening of any Bidder's Proposal. Any Bidder's Proposal may be withdrawn at
anytime followingthe expiration of said 60 dayperiod, provided that arequest in writing, executed
byBidder in the manner specified in Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders, for the
withdrawal of such Bidder's Proposal is filed with Owner after said 60dayperiod. If no such
request is filed, the date for acceptance of such Bidder's Proposal shall be deemed to be extended
uniil such a request is filed or until Owner executes a Contract pursuant to the Invitation for
Bidder's Proposals or until Owner affirmatively and in writing rejects such Bidder's Proposal.
I l. Oualification of Bidders
A. Factors. Owner intends to award the Contract only to a Bidder that furnishes
satisfactory .ria.n"" that it has the requisite experience, ability, capital, facilities, plant,
organization and staffing to enable it to perform the Work successfully and promptly and to
"o-pl"t" the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time.
B. Additional lnformation. Owner reserves the right to require from any Bidder, prior
to award of the Corrt u"t, u detailed statement regarding the business and technical organizations
and plant of Bidder that is available for the Work. Information pertaining to financial resources,
"*p".i"nr" of personnel, contract defaults, litigation history, and pending construction projects
may also be requested.
-5-
INSTRUCTIONS
C. Final Determination. The final selection of the successful Bidder shall be made on
the basis of the amount of the Bidder's Price Proposals, Owner's prior experience with the Bidders,
Owner's knowledge of the Bidders' performance on other relevant projects, any additional
information submitted by Bidders to satisfu Owner that Bidders are adequately prepared to fulfill
the Contract, and all other relevant facts or matters mentioned in the Bid Package or that Owner
may legally consider in making its determination.
12. Disqualification of Bidders
A. More Than One Bidder's Proposal. No more than one Bidder's Proposal for the
Work described in the Contract shall be considered from any single corporation, partnership,
individual or joint venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in
conjunction with any other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture. Reasonable
grounds for believing that any co{poration, partnership, individual or joint venture is interested in
more than one Bidder's Proposal for the Work may cause the rejection of all Bidder's Proposals
in which such corporation, partnership, individual orjoint venture is interested. Nothing contained
in this Subsection 12A shall prohibit any single corporation, partnership, individual or joint
venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in conjunction with any
other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture, from submitting a bid or quoting prices
to more than one Bidder for equipment, materials and supplies or labor to be fumished as a
subcontractor or supplier.
B. Collusion. If there are reasonable grounds for believing that collusion exists among
any Bidders, all Bidder's Proposals of the participants in such collusion will not be considered.
C. Default. If a Bidder is or has been in default on a contract with Owner or in the
payment of monies due Owner, its Bidder's Proposal will not be considered.
13. Award of Contract
A. Reservation of Riehts. Owner reserves the right to accept the Bidder's Proposal
that is, in its judgment, the best and most favorable to the interests of Owner and the public; to
reject the low Price Proposal; to accept any item of any Bidder's Proposal; to reject any and all
Bidder's Proposals; to accept and incorporate corrections, clarifications or modifications following
the opening of the Bidder's Proposals when to do so would not, in Owner's opinion, prejudice the
bidding process or create any improper advantage to any Bidder; and to waive inegularities and
informalities in the bidding process or in any Bidder's Proposal submitted; provided, however,
that the waiver of any prior defect or informality shall not be considered a waiver of any future or
similar defects or informalities, and Bidders should not rely on, or anticipate, such waivers in
submitting their Bidder's Proposals.
B. Firm Offers. All Bidder's Proposals are firm offers to enter into the Contract and
no Bidder's Proposals shall be deemed rejected, notwithstanding acceptance of any other Bidder's
Proposal, until the Contract has been executed by both Owner and the successful Bidder or until
Owner affirmatively and in writing rejects such Bidder's Proposal.
…6¨
INSTRUCTIONS
C. Time of Award. It is expected that the award of the Contract, if it is awarded, will
be made within 45 days following the opening of the Bidder's Proposals. Should administrative
difficulties be encountered after the opening of the Bidder's Proposals, including the annulment of
any award, that may delay an award or subsequent award beyond such 45 day period, Owner may
accept any Bidder's Proposal for which the date for acceptance has been extended as provided in
Section 10 of these General Instructions to Bidders in order to avoid the need for re-advertisement.
No Bidder shall be under any obligation to extend the date for acceptance of its Bidder's Proposal.
Failure of one or more of the Bidders or their sureties to extend the date for acceptance of its
Bidder's Proposal shall not prejudice the right of Owner to accept any Bidder's Proposal for which
the date for acceptance has been extended.
14. Notice of Award: Effective Date of Award
If the Contract is awarded by Owner, such award shall be effective when a Notice of Award
in the form included in the Bid Package has been delivered to the successful Bidder ("Effective
Date of Award"). Owner will prepare two copies of the Contract based on Bidder's Proposal and
will submit them to the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award.
15. Finalization of Contract
A. Finalization Date. Unless otherwise stated in the Notice of Award, the successful
Bidder shall satisfactorily complete all conditions precedent to signing the Contract before the 1Oth
day after the Effective Date of Award or within such extended period as Owner may, in the exercise
of its sole discretion, authorize in writing after issuance of the Notice of Award ("Finalization
Date").
B. Conditions Precedent to Finalization. On or before the Finalization Date, the
successful Bidder shall: (1) sign (see Section 7), date as of the Finalization Date, and submit to
Owner both copies of the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required
documentation related to the Contract on or before the Finalization Date; and (2) submit two
executed copies of all required Bonds dated as of the Finalization Date and all certificates and
policies of insurance.
Failure to timely execute or submit any of the aforesaid documents shall be grounds for the
imposition of liquidated damages as more specifically set forth in Section 8 above. Ifthe submitted
documents or any of them fail to comply with these General Instructions to Bidders or the Contract
or are not timely executed and submitted, Owner may, in its sole discretion, annul the award or
allow the successful Bidder an opportunity to correct the deficiencies.
In no event will Owner execute the Contract until any and all such deficiencies have been cured
or Owner has received adequate assurances, as determined by Owner, of complete and prompt
performance.
C. Finalization. On the Finalization Date, and provided that all documents required to
be submitted prior to or on the Finalization Date have been reviewed and determined by Owner to
be in compliance with these General Instructions to Bidders and the Contract, or assurances of
‐7‐
INSTRUCTIONS
complete and prompt performance satisfactory to Owner have been received, Owner shall execute
all copies of the Contract and tender one copy to the successful Bidder at the Finalization. The
successful Bidder shall tender a copy to its surety company or companies.
16. Failure to Finalize
A. Annulment of Award: Liquidated Damages. The failure or refusal of a successful
Bidder to comply with the conditions precedent to finalization or to properly frnalize and execute
the Contract shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the imposition of liquidated
damages or the exercise of equitable remedies, both as more specifically set forth in Section 8
above.
B. Subsequent Awards. On annulment of an award, Owner may accept, and award a
Contract based on, any other Bidder's Proposal as Owner, in its sole judgment, deems to be the
best or may invite new Proposals or may abandon the bidding process or the Work.
-8¨
PROPOSAL
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
Full Name of Biddcr (`Bidder')
Principal Office Address
Local Office Address
Contact Person Telephone
TO: Village of Oak Brook ("Owner")
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook,IL 60523
Attention: Rania Serences, Senior Purchasing Assistant
Bidder warrants and represents that Bidder has carefully examined the Work Site described below
and its environs and has reviewed and understood all documents included, referred to, or
mentionedinthissetofdocuments,includingAddendaNos.-,whicharesecurely
stapled to the end of this Bidder's Proposal [if none, write "NONE"] ("Bid Package").
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that all terms capitalized in this Bidder's Proposal shall have the
meaning given to them in the documents included in the Bid Package.
1. Work Proposal
A. Contract and Work. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and
agrees, that Bidder will contract with Owner, in the form of the Contract included in the Bid
Package: (1) to provide, perform and complete at the site or sites described in the Bid Package
("Work Site") and in the manner described and specified in the Bid Package all necessary work,
labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas,
electric, water, waste disposal, information, data and other means and items necessary for the
BATH & TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR
INSTALLATION as shown on the drawings and described herein. The general contractor shall
provide and install all materials, unless noted otherwise; (2) to procure and fumish all permits,
licenses and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith
except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract included in the Bid
Package; (3) to procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance specified
PROPOSAL
in the Bid Package; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state and local taxes; (5) to do all other things
required of Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform and complete all of the
foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in fulI compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the "Work."
B. Manner and Time of Performance. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder
proposes, and agrees, that Bidder will perform the Work in the manner and time prescribed in the
Bid Package and according to the requirements of Owner pursuant thereto.
C. General. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees, that
Bidder will do all other things required of Bidder or Contractor, as the case may be, by the Bid
Package.
2. Contract Price Proposal
If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will, except as otherwise provided in
Section 2.1 of the Contract, take in full payment for all Work and other matters set forth under
Section I above, including overhead and profit; taxes, contributions, and premiums; and
compensation to all subcontractors and suppliers, the compensation set forth on the following
"schedule of Prices" ("Price Proposal"), which Schedule of Prices Bidder understands and agrees
will be made apart of the Contract:
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
A. LUMP SUM CONTRACT
l. Provide and install all materials needed for the Bath & Tennis Club Electrical System
Upgrade and Generator Installation as indicated in the drawings and described herein.
For providing, performing, and completing Work, the total Contract Price of :
$
In words
B. BASIS FOR DETER市 IINING PRICES
It is expressly understood and agrced that:
1. ρ θル″〃
-10¨
2.
3.
PROPOSAL
Owner is not subject to state or local sales, use and excise taxes and no such taxes are
included in this Schedule of Prices;
All other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to
the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance,
old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits are included in
this Schedule of Prices; and
All costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work of
patented equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions
are included in this Schedule of Prices.
3. Contract Time Proposal
If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will commence the Work not later than the
"Commencement Date'o set forth in Attachment A to the Contract and will perform the Work
diligently and continuously and will complete the Work not later than the "Substantial Completion
Date" set forth in Attachment A to the Contract.
4. Firm Proposal
All prices and other terms stated in this Bidder's Proposal are firm and shall not be subject
to withdrawal, escalation, or change for a period of 60 days after the date on which any Bidder's
Proposal is opened or such extended acceptance date for Bidder's Proposals as may be established
pursuant to Sections 10 and 13 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
5. Bidder Representations
A. No Collusion. Bidder warrants and represents that the only persons, firms, or
corporations interested in this Bidder's Proposal as principals are those named in Bidder's Sworn
Acknowledgment attached hereto and that this Bidder's Proposal is made without collusion with
any other person, firm or corporation.
B. Not Barred. Bidder warrants, represents and certifies that it is not barred by law
from contracting with Owner or with any unit of state or local govemment.
C. Oualified. Bidder warrants and represents that Bidder has the requisite experience,
ability, capital, facilities, plant, organization and staff to enable Bidder to perform the Work
successfuliy and promptly and to commence and complete the Work within the Contract Price and
Contract Time Proposals set forth above. In support thereof, Bidder submits the attached Sworn
Work History Statement. In the event Bidder is preliminarily deemed to be one of the most
favorable to the interests of Owner, Bidder hereby aglees to furnish on request, within two business
days or such longer period as may be set forth in the request, such additional information as may
be necessary to satisfy Owner that Bidder is adequately prepared to fulfill the Contract.
4.
-11-
PROPOSAL
D. Owner's Reliance. Bidder acknowledges that Owner is relying on all warranties,
representations and statements made by Bidder in this Bidder's Proposal.
6. Suretv and Insurance
Bidder herewith tenders surety and insurance commitment letters as specified in Section 6
of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
7. Bid Securitv
Bidder herewith tenders a Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond as specified in
Section 6 of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals for 5 percent of Bidder's Price Proposal ("Bid
Security").
8. Owner's Remedies
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that should Bidder fail to timely submit all additional
information that is requested of it; or should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to
timely submit all the Bonds and all the certificates and policies of insurance required of it; or
should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to timely execute the Contract,
Contractor's Certification and all other required documentation related to the Contract, it will be
difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of damage that Owner will
sustain by reason of any such failure and, for such reason, Owner shall have the right, at its option
in the event of any such default by Bidder, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated
damages, and not as a penalty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or five percent of Bidder's
Price Proposal, whichever is greater, or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have
against Bidder.
9. Owner's Rishts
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bidder's
proposals, reserves the right to accept or reject any item of any Bidder's Proposal and reserves
such other rights as are set forth in Section 13 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
-12‐
PROPOSAL
10. Bidder's Oblisations
In submitting this Bidder's Proposal, Bidder understands and agrees that it shall be bound
by each and every term, condition or provision contained in the Bid Package, which are by this
reference incorporated herein and made apart hereof.
DATED:
Bidder
2018
By:
Title:
Attest
By:
Titlc:
SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
-13¨
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S SWORN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
d,po,", #::{z:;:");oo::'?,fl:*i,J,,:}"}0"ffi":1i
statements herein made are made on behalf of such Bidder in support of its Bidder's Proposal for
the above Contract and that Deponent is authorized to make them.
Deponent also deposes and states that Bidderhas carefullyprepared, reviewed and checked
its Bidder's Proposal and that the statements contained in its Bidder's Proposal and in this
Acknowledgement are true and correct.
COMPLETE APPLICABLE SECTION ONLY
1. Corporation
Bidder is a corporation that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of
, that is qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating
under the legal name of
The omcers ofthe corporation are as follows:
TITLE NAME
President
ADDRESS
Vice President
Secretary
Treasurer
2. Partnership
Bidder is a partnership that is organized, existing and registered under the laws of the State
pursuant to that certain Partnership Agreement dated as of
, that is qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating
Of
under the legal name of
ACKNOWLEDGEⅣIENT
The general partncrs ofthe partnership are as follows:
NAME ADDRESS
3. Individual
Bidder is an individual as follows:
Full name:
Residence address:
Business address:
If operating under a trade or assumed
name that name is:
4. Joint Venture
Bidder is a joint venture that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of
pursuant to that certain Joint Venture Agreement dated &S of
-,
-I
tha1 rs qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating under the legal name
Of
The signatories to the aforesaid Joint Venture Agreement are as follows:
NAME (ANd ENTITY TYPE) ADDRESS
ロ
( )0[For each signatory, indicate type of entity (Corporation: "C"; Partnership: "P"; and Individual
I o'l') and piovide, on separate sheets, the information required in Paragraph l, 2, or 3 above, as
applicablel
-2-
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
20 。
Bidder
By:
Title:
Subscribed and Sworn to before me on
Notary Public
My commission expires:
Attest
By:
Titlc:
20 。
SEE GENERALINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
…3¨
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S SWORN WORK HISTORY STATEMENT
("Deponent"), being first duly swom on
oath,dcposes and states that all statclnents made in this Sworll Work History Statclncnt are made
on behalfofthc undersigned Bidder in support ofits Biddcr's Proposal fbr the abovc Contract and
that Dcponent is autho五 zed to FnakC them.
Deponent also deposes and states that Biddcr has caremlly prcpared,revicwed and
checked this Sworn Work HistOry Statement and thatthe staterncnts contained in this Sworn Work
History Statelncnt are true and correct.
IF NECESSARY FOR FULL DISCLOSURE,ADD SEPARATE SHEETS
JOINT VENTURES MUST SUBⅣIIT SEPARATE
SWORN WORK ⅡISTORY STATEMENTS FOR THE JOINT VENTURE
AND FOR EACH SIGNATORY TO THE JOINT VENTURE AGREEⅣIENT
1. Nature of Business
State the nature of Bidder's business:
2. Composition of Work
During the past three years, Bidder's work has consisted of:
% Federal oh As Contractor o/o Bidder's Forces
%Other Public _% As Subcontractor
-%
Subcontractors
-%
Private
-%
Materials
3. Years in Business
State the number of years that Bidder, under its current name and organization, has been
continuously engaged in the aforesaid business:
-
years
WORK HISTORY STATEMENT
4. Predecessor Organizations
If Bidder has been in business under its current name and organization for less than five years, list
any predecessor organizations :
NAME ADDRESS YEARS
5. Business Licenses
List all business licenses currently held by Bidder:
ISSUING AGENCY TYPE NUMBER EXPIRATION
6. Related Experience
List three projects most comparable to the Work completed by Bidder, or its predecessors,
in the past five years:
PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT THREE
OwnerName
Owner Address
Reference
Telephone Number
Type of Work
-2-
WORK HISTORY STATEMENT
PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT THREE
Contractor
(If Bidder was)
(Subcontractor)
Amount ofContract
Date Completed
DATED:,20_.
Bidder
By:
Title:
Subscribed and Sworn to before me on
Notary Public
My commission expires:
Attest
By:
Titlc:
20 .
SEE GENERALINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
-3‐
TO:
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATⅡ&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
BID PACKAGE
NOTICE OF AWARD
FROM: Village of Oak Brook
(``COntractor'')
On
("Owner")
,20 , Owner found to be most favorable to the interests of Owner
the Bidder's Proposal submitted by Contractor and dated 20 ,in which
Contractor proposes to contract with Owner, in thc follll of the Contract included in the Bid
Packagc to perfollll the following Work:(1)to prOvide,perfollll and complete at thc Work Sitc
and in the manner desc五 bed and specifled in thc Bid Package all necessary work,labOr,scrvices,
transportation,equipmcnt,matcHals,apparatus,rnachincry,tools,hels,gas,electnc,water,waste
disposal,inforlnation,data and other means and itelns necessary for BATH&TENNIS CLUB
ELECTRICAL SYSTENI UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION as shown on the
drawings and descHbed hcrcin.The gcneral contractor shall provide and install allrnate五 als,unless
noted othcrwise;(2)to prOCure and imish all perlnits,licenses and othcr goverlmental approvals
and autho五 zations necessary in connection therewith except as othcnvise expressly provided in
Attachttent A to thc Contract includcd in the Bid Packagc;(3)to prOCure and imish all Bonds
and all certiicates and policics ofinsurance specined in the Bid PackagQ(4)to pay dl applicable
federal,state and local taxes;(5)to do al1 0ther things required ofthe Contractor by the Contract
and(6)to prOVide,pcrfollll and COmplete all ofthc foregoing in a propcr and workmanlike marlller
and in i11l compliance with,and as required by or pursuant to,thc Contract.
OWNER ACCORDINGLY AWARDS CONTRACTOR,EFFECTIVE AS OF TⅡE DATE
OF DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF AWARD,THE CONTRACT FOR SAID WORK
FOR THE LUⅣIP SUⅣI AND/OR UNIT PRICES,AS THE CASE ⅣIAY BE,SET FORTH
IN THE BIDDER'S PROPOSAL.
The Contract will be finalized and executed on 20-, at the above listed
office of Owner. The Contract will be executed by Owner provided that all conditions precedent
to finalization have been satisfied. Contractor must have complied with all conditions precedent
to finalization set forth in Section 15 of the General Instructions to Bidders included in the Bid
Package, on or before this date.
NOTICE OF AWARD
The failure or refusal to comply with the conditions precedent to finalization on or before the
Finalization Date or to execute the Contract on the Finalization Date shall result, at Owner's
option, in the imposition of liquidated damages and the annulment of this award, or in Owner's
exercise of any or all equitable remedies Owner may have, all as more specifically set forth in
Sections 8, 15, and 16 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
DATED:
Village of Oak Brook
By:
Name
20 .
Title
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEⅣ【
UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I: TIIE WORK ............1
1.1 Performance of the Work ...................1
1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates ...............2
1.3 Required Submittals .........2
A. Submittals Required .........2
B. Number and Format ..........2
C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. ..........2
D. Responsibility for De1ay........ .............3
1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions........'...... .........'..........3
1.5 Conditions at the Work Site; Record Drawings ........'............3
1.6 Technical Ability to Perform ..............4
1.7 Financial Ability to Perform ...............4
1.8 Time......... .......4
l.g Safety at the Work Site........... ....-.-..-.-4
1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs..' ....." 5
l.l I Damage to the Work, the Work Site, and Other Property.... ....................5
l.l2 Subcontractors and Suppliers ...........'.5
A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers............' ...-................5
B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers............ .................6
1.13 Simultaneous Work By Others. ..........6
l.l4 Occupancy Prior to Final Payment............ ...........6
1.15 Owner's Right to Terminate or Suspend Work for Convenience ..............................6
A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience ............. ............6
B. Payment for Completed Work.... ........6
ARTICLE II: CHAITIGES AND DELAYS. ......................7
2.1 Changes ..........7
2.2 Delays .............7
A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays .....................7
B. No Compensation for Delays .............7
ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE WORK ...,...7
3.1 lnspection; Testing; Correction of Defects. ..........7
A. Inspection .......7
B. Re-Inspection............ ........7
C. Correction .......8
3.2 Warranty of Work.... .........8
A. Scope of Warranty............... ..'............8
B. Repairs; Extension of Warranty............... ............8
C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties ................8
3.3 Owner's Right to Correct .'.................8
ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES.......... ........8
4.1 Bonds....... .......8
4.2 lnsurance.. .......9
4.3 Indemnification.......... .......9
ARTICLE V: PAYMENT........ .......................9
5.1 Contract Price ......... ..........9
5.2 Taxes and Benefits .............. ...............9
5.3 Progress Payments.. ..........9
A. Payment in Installments .......... ...........9
B. Pay Requests............. ......10
C. Work Entire ....................10
5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Payment..'......... .'...10
A. Notice of Completion............ ...........10
B. Punch List and Final Acceptance......... ..............10
C. Final Payment............ .....10
5.5 Liens ............. I I
A. Tit1e.......... ..... 11
B. Waivers of Lien ..............11
C. Removal of Liens ........." 11
D. Protection of Owner On1y......... .......1I
-11-
5.6 Deductions ......................11
A. Owner's Right to WithhoId............... .................11
B. Use of Withheld Funds.. ...................12
ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND REM8DIES............... .......-..........12
6.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure ......-.--12
A. Notice of Disputes and Objections........... .....-....12
B. Negotiation of Disputes and Objections........... .----------.........12
6.2 Contractor's Remedies ............... """12
6.3 Owner's Remedies.. """" 13
6.4 Owner's Additional Remedy for Delay.. """"""t4
6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience ......... ............14
ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS AND REQUIREMENTS...........................14
7.1 Binding Effect """"""""14
7.2 Relationship of the Parties....... """"'14
7.3 No Collusion/Prohibited Interests ............'.........15
7.4 Assignment................ ""' 15
7.5 Confidential tnformation............ """ 15
7.6 No Waiver ..............."""' 15
7.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries.............. ..........""" 16
7.8 Notices """"" 16
7.g Governing Laws ........ ""'16
7.lO Changes in Laws..... """"17
7.ll Compliance with Laws......... """"""17
A. Compliance Required ""'17
B. Liability for Fines, Penalties... """""17
C. Prevailing Wage Act............ """"""'17
D. Required Provisions Deemed tnserted """""""' 18
7.12 Compliance with Patents """"""""" 18
A. Assumption of Costs, Royalties, and Fees """"' 18
B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined... """""""' 18
7.13 Time......... ""' 18
7.14 Severability............... """ 18
7.15 Entire Agreement """""" 18
7.16 Amendments................ """"""""""' 19
…111-
Contractor' s Certification
Affachment A: Supplemental Schedule of Contract Terms
Attachment B: Specifications
Attachment C: List of Drawings
Attachment D: Special Project Requirements
Appendix 1: Prevailing Wages
Appendix 2: Form of Performance Bond
Appendix 3: Form of Labor and Materials Bond
‐lV―
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION
In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the Village of Oak Brook, 1200
Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, 60523, an Illinois municipal corporation ("Ownei'), and
("Contractor"), make this Contract as of
Date") and hereby agree as follows:
a Corporation
2018 (the "Effective
ARTICLE I: THE WORK
l。l Performance ofthe Work
Contractor,at its sole cost and expense,must provide,perfollll,and complete all of the
following,all ofwhich is herein referred to as the“″b″″':
Labor. Equipment. Materials. and Supplies. Provide, perform, and complete, in the
manner described and specified in this Contract, all necessary work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas,
electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and iterns
necessary to accomplish the Project at the Work Site, both as defined in
Attachment A, in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as
Attachment B, the drawings identified in the list attached hereto as Attachment C,
and the Special Project Requirements attached hereto as Attachment D.
Permits. Except as otherwise provided in Attachment A, procure and furnish all
permits, licenses, and other govemmental approvals and authorizations necessary
in connection therewith.
Bonds and Insurance. Procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates of
insurance specified in this Contract.
Taxes. Pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes.
Miscellaneous. Do all other things required of Contractor by this Contract,
including without limitation arranging for utility and other services needed for the
Work and for testing, including the installation of temporary utility lines, wiring,
switches, fixtures, hoses, connections, and meters, and providing sufficient sanitary
conveniences and shelters to accommodate all workers and all personnel of Owner
engaged in the Work.
2.
3.
CONTRACT
6. Ouality. Provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and
workmanlike manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional and
construction practices and in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant
to, this Contract, and with the greatest economy, efficiency, and expedition
consistent therewith, with only new, undamaged and first quality equipment,
materials, and supplies.
1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates
Contractor must commence the Work not later than the "Commencement Date" set forth
on Attachment A and must diligently and continuously prosecute the Work at such a rate as will
allow the Work to be fully provided, performed, and completed in fulI compliance with this
Contract not later than the "Completion Date" set forth in Attachment A. The time of
cofllmencement, rate of progress, and time of completion are referred to in this Contract as the
"Contract Time."
1.3 Required Submittals
A. Submittals Required. Contractor must submit to Owner all documents, data, and
information specifically required to be submitted by Contractor under this Contract and must, in
addition, submit to Owner all such drawings, specifications, descriptive information, and
engineering documents, data, and information as may be required, or as may be requested by
Owner, to show the details of the Work, including a complete description of all equipment,
materials, and supplies to be provided under this Contract ("Required Submittals"). Such details
must include, but are not limited to, design data, structural and operating features, principal
dimensions, space required or provided, clearances required or provided, tyPo and brand of finish,
and all similar matters, for all components of the Work.
B. Number and Format. Contractor must provide three complete sets for each
Required Submittal. All Required Submittals must be prepared on white 8-ll2"xll" paper.
C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. All Required Submittals must be
provided to Owner no later than the time, if any, specified in this Contract for their submission or,
ifno time for submission is specified, in sufficient time, in Owner's sole opinion, to permit Owner
to review the same prior to the commencement of the part of the Work to which they relate and
prior to the purchase of any equipment, materials, or supplies that they describe. Owner will have
in. Aght to require such corrections as may be necessary to make such submittals conform to this
Contract. All such submittals will, after final processing and review with no exception noted by
Owner, become a part of this Contract. No Work related to any submittal may be performed by
Contractor until Owner has completed review of such submittal with no exception noted. Owner's
review and stamping of any Required Submittal will be for the sole purpose of examining the
general managemen! design, and details of the proposed Work, does not relieve Contractor of the
Entire r6pon.lbility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by
or pursuant to this Contract, and may not be regarded as any assumption of risk or liability by
Owner.
-2¨
CONTRACT
D. Responsibility for Delav. Contractor is responsible for any delay in the Work due
to delay in providing Required Submittals conforming to this Contract.
1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions
Contractor represents and warrants that it has carefully reviewed this Contract, including
all of its Attachments, and the drawings identified in Attachment C, all of which are by this
reference incorporated into and made a part of this Contract. Contractor must, at no increase in
the Contract Price, provide workmanship, equipment, materials, and supplies that fully conform
to this Contract. Whenever any equipment, materials or supplies are specified or described in this
Contract by using the name or other identifying feature of a proprietary product or the name or
other identifyrng feature of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned is
understood as establishing the type, function and quality desired. Other manufacturers' or
vendors' products may be accepted, provided that the products proposed are equivalent in
substance and function to those named as determined by Owner in its sole and absolute discretion.
Contractor must promptly notify Owner of any discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or
conflict among any of the provisions of this Contract before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby. If Contractor fails to give such notice to Owner, then the subsequent decision of Owner
as to which provision of this Contract governs is final, and any corrective work required does not
entitle Contractor to any damages, to any compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or to any
delay or extension of the Contract Time.
When the equipment, materials, or supplies furnished by Contractor cannot be installed as
specified in this Contract, Contractor must, without any increase in the Contract Price, make all
modifications required to properly install the equipment, materials, or supplies. Any such
modification is subject to the prior review and consent of Owner'
1.5 Conditions at the Work Sitel Record Drawinss
Contractor represents and warrants that it has had a sufficient opportunity to conduct a
thorough investigation of the Work Site and the surrounding area and has completed such
investigation to its satisfaction. Contractor will have no claim for damages, for compensation in
excess ofthe Contract Price, or for a delay or extension of the Contract Time based upon conditions
found at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site. When information pertaining to subsurface,
underground or other concealed conditions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, utility locations or
conditions, buried structures, condition of existing structures, and other investigations is or has
been provided by Owner, or is or has been otherwise made available to Contractor by Owner, such
information is or has been provided or made available solely for the convenience of Contractor
and is not part of this Contract. Owner assumes no responsibility whatever in respect to the
sufficiency or accuracy of such information, and there is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed
or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing throughout the Work
or the Work Site, or that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing at any
particular location, or that the conditions indicated may not change, or that unanticipated
conditions may not be present.
‐3-
CONTRACT
Contractor is solely responsible for locating all existing underground installations by
prospecting no later than two workdays prior to any scheduled excavation or trenching, whichever
is earlier. Contractor must check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities indicated in this
Contract within the same time period as set forth above for prospecting underground installations.
Contractor must lay out the Work in accordance with this Contract and must establish and maintain
such locations, lines and levels. Wherever pre-existing work is encountered, Contractor must
verifu and be responsible for dimensions and location of such pre-existing work. Contractor must
notifu Owner of any discrepancy between the dimensions, elevations and quantities indicated in
this Contract and the conditions of the Work Site or any other elrors, omissions or discrepancies
which Contract may discover during such inspections. Full instructions will be furnished by
Owner should such error, omission, or discrepancy be discovered, and Contractor must carry out
such instructions as if originally specified and without any increase in Contract Price.
Before Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor must submit to Owner two sets of
Drawings of Record, unless a greater number is specified elsewhere in this Contract, indicating all
field deviations from Attachment B or the drawings identified in Attachment C.
1.6 Technical Abilitv to Perform
Contractor represents and warrants that it is sufficiently experienced and competent, and
has the necessary capital, facilities, plant, organization, and staff, to provide, perform and complete
the Work in fulI compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract.
1,7 Financial Abilitv to Perform
Contractor represents and warrants that it is financially solvent, and Contractor has the
financial resources necessary to provide, perform and complete the Work in full compliance with,
and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract.
Tillle
Contractor represents and warrants that it is ready, willing, able and prepared to begin the
Work on the Commencement Date and that the Contract Time is sufficient time to permit
completion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract
for the Contract Price, all with due regard to all natural and man-made conditions that may affect
the Work or the Work Site and all difficulties, hindrances, and delays that may be incident to the
Work.
1.9 Safetv at the Work Site
Contractor is solely and completely responsible for providing and maintaining safe
conditions at the Work Site, including the safety of all persons and property during performance
of the Work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours.
Contractor must take all safety precautions as necessary to comply with all applicable laws and to
prevent injury to persons and damage to property.
1.8
-4¨
CONTRACT
Contractor must conduct all of its operations without intemrption or interference with
vehicular and pedestrian traffic on public and private rights-of-way, unless it has obtained permits
therefor from the proper authorities. If any public or private right-of-way are rendered unsafe by
Contractor's operations, Contractor must make such repairs or provide such temporary ways or
guards as are acceptable to the proper authorities.
1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs
Contractor must keep the Work Site and adjacent areas clean at all times during
performance of the Work and must, upon completion of the Work, leave the Work Site and
adjacent areas in a clean and orderly condition.
1.ll Damase to the Work the Work Site. and Other Propertv
The Work and everything pertaining thereto is provided, performed, completed, and
maintained at the sole risk and cost of Contractor from the Commencement Date until Final
Payment. Contractor is fully responsible for the protection of all public and private property and
all persons. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor must, at its own cost and expense, provide
all permanent and temporary shoring, anchoring and bracing required by the nature of the Work
in order to make all parts absolutely stable and rigid, even when such shoring, anchoring and
bracing is not explicitly specified, and support and protect all buildings, bridges, roadways,
conduits, wires, water pipes, gas pipes, sewers, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, fixtures and
landscaping of all kinds and all other public or private property that may be encountered or
endangered in providing, performing and completing the Work. Contractor will have no claim
against Owner because of any damage or loss to the Work or to Contractor's equipment, materials,
or supplies from any cause whatsoever, including damage or loss due to simultaneous work by
others. Contractor must, promptly and without charge to Owner, repair or replace, to the
satisfaction of Owner, any damage done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work and any damage
done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work Site or other property as a result of the Work.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Contractor's obligations under this Section
exist without regard to, and may not be construed to be waived by, the availability or unavailability
of any insurance, either of Owner or Contractor, to indemnify, hold harmless, or reimburse
Contractor for the cost of any repair or replacement work required by this Section.
l.l2 Subcontractors and Suppliers
A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers. Contractor must perform the
Work with its own personnel and under the management, supervision, and control of its own
organization unless otherwise approved by Owner in writing. All subcontractors, suppliers, and
subcontracts used by Contractor must be acceptable to, and approved in advance by, Owner.
Owner's approval of any subcontractor, supplier, and subcontract does not relieve Contractor of
full responsibility and liability for the provision, performance, and completion of the Work in full
compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. All Work performed under any
subcontract is subject to all of the provisions of this Contract in the same manner as if performed
by employees of Contractor. Every reference in this Contract to "Contractor" is deerned also to
CONTRACT
refer to all subcontractors and suppliers of Contractor. Every subcontract must include a provision
binding the subcontractor or supplier to all provisions of this Contract.
B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to
perform the part of the Work undertaken by it in a manner satisfactory to Owner, Contractor must
immediately upon notice from Owner terminate such subcontractor or supplier. Contractor will
have no claim for damages, for compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or for a delay or
extension of the Contract Time as a result of any such termination.
1.13 Simultaneous Work Bv Others
Owner has the right to perform or have performed such other work as Owner may desire
in, about, or near the Work Site during the performance of the Work by Contractor. Contractor
must make every reasonable effort to perform the Work in such manner as to enable both the Work
and such other work to be completed without hindrance or interference from each other.
Contractor must afford Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity for the execution of
such other work and must properly coordinate the Work with such other work.
l.l4 Occupancv Prior to Final Pavment
Owner will have the right, at its election, to occupy, use, or place in service any part of the
Work prior to Final Payment. Such occupancy, use, or placement in service must be conducted in
such manner as not to damage any of the Work or to unreasonably interfere with the progress of
the Work. No such occupancy, use, or placement in service may be construed as an acceptance of
any of the Work or a release or satisfaction of Contractor's duty to insure and protect the Work,
,roi may it, unless conducted in an unreasonable manner, be considered as an interference with
Contractor's provision, performance, or completion of the Work.
1.15 Owner's lUght to Terminate or Suspend Work for Convenience
A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience. Owner has the right, for its
convenience, to terminate or suspend the Work in whole or in part at any time by written notice to
Contractor. Every such notice must state the extent and effective date of such termination or
suspension. On such effective date, Contractor must, as and to the extent directed, stop Work
under this Contract, cease all placement of further orders or subcontracts, terminate or suspend
Work under existing orders and subcontracts, cancel any outstanding orders or subcontracts that
may be cancelled, *d tuk. any action necessary to protect any property in its possession in which
Owner has or may acquire any interest and to dispose of such property in such manner as may be
directed by Owner.
B. payment for Completed Work. In the event of any termination pursuant to
Subsection 1 . 1 5A above, Owner must pay Contractor ( 1) such direct costs, excluding overhead, as
Contractor has paid or incurred for all Work done in compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, this Contract up to the effective date of termination together with ten percent of such
costs for overhead and profit; and (2) such other costs pertaining to the Work, exclusive of
overhead and profit, as Contractor may have reasonably and necessarily incurred as the result of
-6¨
CONTRACT
such termination. Any such payment may be offset by any prior payment or payments and
subject to Owner's rights to withhold and deduct as provided in this Contract.
ARTICLE II: CHANGES AND DELAYS
2.1 Chanses
Owner has the right, by written order executed by Owner, to make changes in the Contract,
the Work, the Work Site, and the Contract Time ("Change Order"). If any Change Order causes
an increase or decrease in the amount of the Work, an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price
or Contract Time may be made. All claims by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in either the
Contract Price or the Contract Time must be made within two business days following receipt of
such Change Order, and may, if not made prior to such time, be conclusively deemed to have been
waived. No decrease in the amount of the Work caused by any Change Order will entitle
Contractor to make any claim for damages, anticipated profits, or other compensation.
2.2 Delavs
A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays. For any delay that may result from causes that
could not be avoided or controlled by Contractor, Contractor must, upon timely written
application, be entitled to issuance of a Change Order providing for an extension of the Contract
Time for a period of time equal to the delay resulting from such unavoidable cause. No extension
of the Contract Time will be allowed for any other delay in completion of the Work.
B. No Compensation for Delays. No payment, compensation, damages, or adjustment
of any kind, other than the extension of the Contract Time provided in Subsection 2.2A above,
may be made to, or claimed by, Contractor because of hindrances or delays from any cause in the
cofllmencement, prosecution, or completion of the Work, whether caused by Owner or any other
party and whether avoidable or unavoidable.
ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR,S RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEFECTIVE WORK
3.1 Inspection: Testins: Correction of Defects
A. Inspection. Until Final Payment, all parts ofthe Work are subject to inspection and
testing by Owner or its designated representatives. Contractor must furnish, at its own expense,
all reasonable access, assistance, and facilities required by Owner for such inspection and testing.
B. Re-Inspection. Re-inspection and re-testing of any Work may be ordered by Owner
at any time, and, if so ordered, any covered or closed Work must be uncovered or opened by
Contractor. If the Work is found to be in full compliance with this Contract, then Owner must pay
the cost of uncovering, opening, re-inspecting, or re-testing, as the case may be. If such Work is
not in full compliance with this Contract, then Contractor must pay such cost.
¨7‐
CONTRACT
C. Correction. Until Final Payment, Contractor must, promptly and without charge,
repair, correct, or replace all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, or
unsuitable or that in any way fails to conform strictly to the requirements of this Contract.
3.2 Warranty of Work
A. Scope of Warranty. Contractor warrants that the Work and all of its components
will be free from defects and flaws in design, workmanship, and materials; must strictly conform
to the requirements of this Contract; and will be fit, sufficient, and suitable for the purposes
expressed in, or reasonably inferred from, this Contract. The warranty herein expressed is in
addition to any other warranties expressed in this Contract, or expressed or implied by law, which
are hereby reserved unto Owner.
B. Repairs: Extension of Warranty. Contractor, promptly and without charge, must
correct any failure to fulfill the above warranty that may be discovered or develop at any time
within one year after Final Payment or such longer period as may be prescribed in Attachment B
or Attachment D to this Contract or by law. The above warranty may be extended automatically
to cover all repaired and replacement parts and labor provided or performed under such warranty
and Contractor's obligation to correct Work may be extended for a period of one year from the
date of such repair or replacement. The time period established in this Subsection 3.2B relates
only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct Work and may not be construed to establish
a period of limitation with respect to other obligations that Contractor has under this Contract.
C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties. Whenever Attachment B or Attachment D
requires a subcontractor or supplier to provide a guaranty or warranty, Contractor is solely
responsible for obtaining said guaranty or warranty in form satisfactory to Owner and assigning
said warranty or guaranty to Owner. Acceptance of any assigned warranties or guaranties by
Owner is a precondition to Final Payment and does not relieve Contractor of any of its guaranty
or warranty obligations under this Contract.
3.3 Owner's Risht to Correct
If, within two business days after Owner gives Contractor notice of any defect, damage,
flaw, unsuitability, nonconformity, or failure to meet warranty subject to correction by Contractor
pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of this Contract, Contractor neglects to make, or undertake
with due diligence to make, the necessary corrections, then Owner is entitled to make, either with
its own forces or with contract forces, the corrections and to recover from Contractor all resulting
costs, expenses, losses, or damages, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses.
ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES
4.1 Bonds
Contemporaneous with Contractor's execution of this Contract, Contractor must provide a
Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond, on forms provided by, or otherwise
acceptable to, Owner, from a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with
CONTRACT
a general rating of A and a financial size category of Class X or better in Best's lnsurance Guide,
each in the penal sum of the Contract Pice ("Bonds"). Contractor, at all times while providing,
performing, or completing the Work, including, without limitation, at all times while correcting
any failure to meet warranty pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Contract, must maintain and keep in
force, at Contractor's expense, the Bonds required hereunder.
4.2 Insurance
Contractor hereby agrees and will, at its expense, carry insurance pursuant to the terms,
conditions, and coverages set forth in Attachment A.
4.3 Indemnification
Contractor hereby agrees to and will indemnify and save harmless Owner and all of it
elected officials, officers, onployees, attorneys, agents, and representatives against any and all
lawsuits, claims, demands, damages,liabilities,losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees and
administrative expenses, that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with
Contractor's performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof, whether or not
due or claimed to be due in whole or in part to the active, passive, or concurrent negligence or fault
of Contractor, except to the extent caused solely by the negligence of Owner.
ARTICLE V: PAYMENT
5.1 Contract Price
Owner must pay to Contractor, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Article V and Attachment A, and Contractor must accept in full satisfaction for
providing, performing, and completing the Work, the amount or amounts set forth in Attachment A
(the "Coitiact Price"), subject to any additions, deductions, or withholdings provided for in this
Contract.
5.2 Taxes and Benefits
Owner is exempt from and will not be responsible to pay, or reimburse Contractor for, any
state or local sales, use, or excise taxes. The Contract Price includes all other applicable federal,
state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes,
contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits,
pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits. All claim or right to claim additional compensation
Ly r"uro, of the payment of any such tax, contribution, or premium is hereby waived and released
by Contractor.
5.3 Progress Pavments
A. Payment in Installments. The Contract Price must be paid in monthly installments
in the manner set forth in Attachment A ("Progress Payments").
‐9-
CONTRACT
B. Pay Requests. The Village of Oak Brook authorizes the payment of invoices on
the second and fourth Tuesday of the month. For consideration on one of these dates, payment
request must be received no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the second or fourth Tuesday of
the month. Each Pay Request must include (a) Contractor's certification of the value of, and partial
or final waivers of lien covering, all Work for which payment is then requested and
(b) Contractor's certification that all prior Progress Payments have been properly applied to the
payment or reimbursement of the costs with respect to which they were paid.
C. Work Entire. This Contract and the Work are entire and the Work as a whole is of
the essence of this Contract. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, each and every
part of this Contract and of the Work are interdependent and common to one another and to
Owner's obligation to pay all or any part of the Contract Price or any other consideration for the
Work. Any and all Progress Payments made pursuant to this Article are provided merely for the
convenience ofContractor and for no other purpose.
5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Pavment
A. Notice of Completion. When the Work has been completed and is ready in all
respects for acceptance by Owner, Contractor must notifu Owner and request a final inspection
("Notice of Completion"). Contractor's Notice of Completion must be given sufficiently in
advance of the Completion Date to allow for scheduling of the final inspection and for completion
or correction before the Completion Date of any items identified by such inspection as being
defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or otherwise not in full
compliance with, or as required by or pursuant to, this Contract ("Punch List WorE').
B. Punch List and Final Acceptance. The Work may be finally accepted when, and
only when, the whole and all parts thereof have been completed to the satisfaction of Owner in full
compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. Upon receipt of Contractor's
Notice of Completion, Owner must make a review of the Work and notifu Contractor in writing
of all Punch List Work, if any, to be completed or corrected. Following Contractor's completion
or correction of all Punch List Work, Owner must make another review of the Work and prepare
and deliver to Contractor either a written notice of additional Punch List Work to be completed or
corrected or a written notice of final acceptance of the Work ("Final Acceptance").
C. Final Payment. As soon as practicable after Final Acceptance, Contractor must
submit to Owner a properly completed final Pay Request in the form provided by Owner ("Final
Pay Requesf"). Owner must pay to Contractor the balance of the Contract Price, after deducting
therefrom all charges against Contractor as provided for in this Contract ("Final Payment"). Final
Payment must be made not later than 60 days after Owner approves the Final Pay Request. The
acceptance by Contractor of Final Payment will operate as a full and complete release of Owner
of and from any and all lawsuits, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, and expenses of,
by, or to Contractor for anything done, furnished for, arising out of, relating to, or in connection
with the Work or for or on account of any act or neglect of Owner arising out of, relating to, or in
connection with the Work.
‐10-
CONTRACT
5.5 Liens
A. Title. Nothing in this Contract may be construed as vesting in Contractor any right
of property in any equipment, materials, supplies, and other items provided under this Contract
after they have been installed in, incorporated into, attached to, or affixed to, the Work or the Work
Site. A1l such equipment, materials, supplies, and other items will, upon being so installed,
incorporated, attached or affixed, become the property of Owner, but such title will not release
Contractor from its duty to insure and protect the Work in accordance with the requirements of
this Contract.
B. Waivers of Lien. Contractor must, from time to time at Owner's request and in any
event prior to Final Payment, furnish to Owner such receipts, releases, affidavits, certificates, and
other evidence as may be necessary to establish, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, that no
lien against the Work or the public funds held by Owner exists in favor of any person whatsoever
for or by reason of any equipment, material, supplies, or other item furnished, labor performed, or
other thing done in connection with the Work or this Contract ("Lien") and that no right to file any
Lien exists in favor of any person whatsoever.
C. Removal of Liens. If at any time any notice of any Lien is filed, then Contractor
must, promptly and without charge, discharge, remove, or otherwise dispose of such Lien. Until
such discharge, removal, or disposition, Owner will have the right to retain from any money
payable hereunder an amount that Owner, in its sole judgment, deems necessary to satisff such
Lien and to pay the costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, of
any actions brought in connection therewith or by reason thereof.
D. Protection of Owner Only. This Section does not operate to relieve Contractor's
surety or sureties from any of their obligations under the Bonds, nor may it be deemed to vest any
right, interest, or entitlement in any subcontractor or supplier. Owner's retention of funds pursuant
tothis Section is deemed solely for the protection of its own interests pending removal of such
Liens by Contractor, and Owner will have no obligation to apply such funds to such removal but
may, nevertheless, do so where Owner's interests would thereby be served.
5.6 Deductions
A. Owner's Right to Withhold. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract
and without prejudice to any of Owner's other rights or remedies, Owner will have the right at any
time or times, whether before or after approval of any Pay Request, to deduct and withhold from
any Progress or Final Payment that may be or become due under this Contract such amount as may
reasonably appear necessary to compensate Owner for any actual or prospective loss due to:
(1) Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete;
(2) damage for which Contractor is liable under this Contract; (3) state or local sales, use, or excise
taxes from which Owner is exempt; (4) Liens or claims of Lien regardless of merit; (5) claims of
subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons regardless of merit; (6) delay in the progress or
completion of the Work; (7) inability of Contractor to complete the Work; (8) failure of Contractor
to properly complete or document any Pay Request; (9) any other failure of Contractor to perform
any of its obligations under this Contract; or (10) the cost to Owner, including attorneys' fees and
CONTRACT
administrative costs, of correcting any of the aforesaid matters or exercising any one or more of
Owner's remedies set forth in Section 6.3 of this Contract.
B. Use of Withheld Funds. Owner is entitled to retain any and all amounts withheld
pursuant to Subsection 5.64. above until Contractor has either performed the obligations in
question or fumished security for such performance satisfactory to Owner. Owner is entitled to
apply any money withheld or any other money due Contractor under this Contract to reimburse
itself for any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, suits, judgments, awards,
attorneys' fees and administrative expenses incurred, suffered, or sustained by Owner and
chargeable to Contractor under this Contract.
ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND REMEDIES
6.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure
A. Notice of Disputes and Objections. If Contractor disputes or objects to any
requirernent, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision of Owner, Contractor
may notify Owner in writing of its dispute or objection and of the amount of any equitable
adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time to which Contractor claims it will be entitled as
a result thereof; provided, however, that Contractor must, nevertheless, proceed without delay to
perform the Work as required, directed, instructed, interpreted, determined, or decided by Owner,
without regard to such dispute or objection. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner within two
business days after receipt of such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation,
determination, or decision, Contractor is conclusively deemed to have waived all such disputes or
objections and all claims based thereon.
B. Neeotiation of Disputes and Objections. To avoid and settle without litigation any
such dispute or objection, Owner and Contractor agree to engage in good faith negotiations.
Within three business days after Owner's receipt of Contractor's written notice of dispute or
objection, a conference between Owner and Contractor will be held to resolve the dispute. Within
three business days after the end of the conference, Owner must render its final decision, in writing,
to Contractor. If Contractor objects to the final decision of Owner, then it must, within three
business days, give Owner notice thereof and, in such notice, must state its final demand for
settlement of the dispute. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner, Contractor will be conclusively
deemed (1) to have agreed to and accepted Owner's final decision and (2) to have waived all
claims based on such final decision.
6.2 Contractor's Remedies
If Owner fails or refuses to satisff a final demand made by Contractor pursuant to
Section 6.1 of this Contract, or to otherwise resolve the dispute which is the subject of such demand
to the satisfaction of Contractor, within l0 days after receipt of such demand, then Contractor will
be entitled to pursue such remedies, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Contract, as it may
have in law or equity.
-12-
CONTRACT
6.3 Owner's Remedies
If it should appear at any time prior to Final Payment that Contractor has failed or refused
to prosecute, or has delayed in the prosecution of, the Work with diligence at a rate that assures
completion of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract on or before the
Completion Date, or has attempted to assign this Contract or Contractor's rights under this
Contract, either in whole or in part, or has falsely made any re,presentation or warranty in this
Contract, or has otherwise failed, refused, or delayed to perform or satisfy any other requirement
of this Contract or has failed to pay its debts as they come dlue ("Event of Default"), andhas failed
to cure any such Event of Default within five business days after Contractor's receipt of written
notice of such Event of Default, then Owner will have the right, at its election and without
prejudice to any other rernedies provided by law or equity, to pursue any one or more of the
following remedies:
l. Owner may require Contractor, within such reasonable time as may be fixed by
Owner, to complete or correct all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged,
flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; to remove from the Work Site
any such Work; to accelerate all or any part of the Work; and to take any or all other
action necessary to bring Contractor and the Work into strict compliance with this
Contract.
Owner may perform or have performed all Work necessary for the accomplishment
of the results stated in Paragraph I above and withhold or recover from Contractor
all the cost and expense, including attorneys' fees and administrative costs, incurred
by Owner in connection therewith.
Owner may accept the defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming,
incomplete, or dilatory Work or part thereof and make an equitable reduction in the
Contract Price.
Owner may terminate this Contract without liability for further payment of amounts
due or to become due under this Contract.
Owner may, without terminating this Contract, terminate Contractor's rights under
this Contract and, for the purpose of completing or correcting the Work, evict
Contractor and take possession of all equipment, materials, supplies, tools,
appliances, plans, specifications, schedules, manuals, drawings, and other papers
relating to the Work, whether at the Work Site or elsewhere, and either complete or
correct the Work with its own forces or contracted forces, all at Contractor's
expense.
Upon any termination of this Contract or of Contractor's rights under this Contract,
and at Owner's option exercised in writing, any or all subcontracts and supplier
contracts of Contractor will be deemed to be assigned to Owner without any further
action being required, but Owner may not thereby assume any obligation for
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
-l 3-
CONTRACT
payments due under such subcontracts and supplier contracts for any Work
provided or performed prior to such assignment.
7 . Owner may withhold from any Progress Payment or Final Payment, whether or not
previously approved, or may recover from Contractor, any and all costs, including
attomeys' fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Owner as the result of any
Event of Default or as a result of actions taken by Owner in response to any Event
of Default.
8. Owner may recover any damages suffered by Owner.
6.4 Owner's Additional Remedv for Delav
If the Work is not completed by Contractor, in full compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, this Contract, within the Contract Time as such time may be extended by Change
Order, then Owner may invoke its remedies under Section 6.3 of this Contract or may, in the
exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, permit Contractor to complete the Work but charge to
Contractor, and deduct from any Progress or Final Payments, whether or not previously approved,
administrative expenses and costs for each day completion of the Work is delayed beyond the
Completion Date, computed on the basis of the "Per Diem Administrative Charge" set forth in
Attachment A, as well as any additional damages caused by such delay.
6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience
Any termination or suspension of Contractor's rights under this Contract for an alleged
default that is ultimately held unjustified will automatically be deemed to be a termination or
suspension for the convenience of Owner under Section I .l 5 of this Contract.
ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS
AND REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Binding Effect
This Contract is binding on Owner and Contractor and on their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns. Every reference in
this Contract to a party is deemed to be a reference to the authorized officers, employees, agents,
and representatives of such party.
7.2 Relationship of the Parties
Contractor will act as an independent contractor in providing and performing the Work.
Nothing in, nor done pursuant to, this Contract may be construed (1) to create the relationship of
principal and agent, partners, or joint venturers between Owner and Contractor or (2) except as
provided in Paragraph 6.3(6) above, to create any relationship between Owner and any
subcontractor or supplier of Contractor.
-14-
CONTRACT
7.3 NoCollusion/Prohibitedlnterests
Contractor hereby represents that the only persons, firms, or corporations interested in this
Contract as principals are those disclosed to Owner prior to the execution of this Contract, and that
this Conhact is made without collusion with any other person, firm, or corporation. If at any time
it is found that Contractor has, in procuring this Contract, colluded with any other person, firm, or
corporation, then Contractor will be liable to Owner for all loss or damage that Owner may suffer
thereby, and this Contract will, at Owner's option, be null and void.
Contractor hereby represents and warrants that neither Contractor nor any person affiliated
with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an interest
in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is acting, directly or
indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, goup, entity or nation named by the United States
Treasury Department as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person, or for or on behalf
of any person, group, entity or nation designated in Presidential Executive Order 13224 as a person
who commits, threatens to commit, or supports terrorism, and neither Contractor nor any person
affiliated with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an
interest in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is, directly or
indirectly, engaged in, or facilitating, the Work on behalf of any such person, group, entity or
nation.
7.4 Assisnment
Contractor may not (l) assign this Contract in whole or in part, (2) assign any of
Contractor's rights or obligations under this Contract, or (3) assign any payment due or to become
due under this Contract without the prior express written approval of Owner, which approval may
be withheld in the sole and unfettered discretion of Owner; provided, however, that Owner's prior
written approval will not be required for assignments of accounts, as defined in the Illinois
Commercial Code, if to do so would violate Section 9-318 of the Illinois Commercial Code, 810
ILCS 5/9-318. Owner may assign this Contract, in whole or in part, or any or all of its rights or
obligations under this Contract, without the consent of Contractor.
7.5 Confidentiallnformation
All information supplied by Owner to Contractor for or in connection with this Contract or
the Work must be held confidential by Contractor and may not, without the prior express written
consent of Owner, be used for any pu{pose other than performance of the Work.
7.6 No Waiver
No examination, inspection, investigation, test, measurement, review, determination,
decision, certificate, or approval by Owner, nor any order by Owner for the payment of money,
nor any payment for, or use, occupancy, possession, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the
Work by Owner, nor any extension of time granted by Owner, nor any delay by Owner in
exercising any right under this Contract, nor any other act or omission of Owner may constitute or
be deemed to be an acceptance of any defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming or
-15‐
7.8
CONTRACT
incomplete Work, equipment, materials, or supplies, nor operate to waive or otherwise diminish
the effect of any warranty or representation made by Contractor; or of any requirement or provision
of this Contract; or of any rernedy, power, or right of Owner.
7.7 No Third Partv Beneficiaries
No claim as a third party beneficiary under this Contract by any person, firm, or corporation
other than Contractor may be made or be valid against Owner.
Notices
All notices required or permitted to be given under this Contract must be in writing and are
deemed received by the addressee thereof when delivered in person on a business day at the address
set forth below or on the third business day after being deposited in any main or branch United
States post office, for delivery at the address set forth below by properly addressed, postage
prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
Notices and communications to Owner must be addressed to, and delivered at, the
following address:
Villase of Oak Brook
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook. Illinois 60523
Attention: Dous Patchin. Public Works Director
Notices and communications to Contractor must be addressed to, and delivered at, the
following address:
The foregoing may not be deemed to preclude the use of other non-oral means of
notification or to invalidate any notice properly gtven by *y such other non-oral means.
By notice complying with the requirements of this Section, Owner and Contractor each
have the right to change the address or addressee or both for all future notices to it, but no notice
of a change of address is effective until actually received.
7.9 Governing Laws
This Contract and the rights of Owner and Contractor under this Contract will be
interpreted according to the internal laws, but not the conflict of laws rules, of the State of Illinois;
venue for any action related to this Contract will be in the Circuit Court of DuPage County, Illinois.
…16‐
CONTRACT
7.10 Chanses in Laws
Unless otherwise explicitly provided in this Contract, any reference to laws includes such
laws as they may be amended or modified from time to time.
7.11 Compliance with Laws
A. Compliance Required. Contractor must give all notices, pay all fees, and take all
other action that may be necessary to ensure that the Work is provided, performed, and completed
in accordance with all required governmental permits, licenses or other approvals and
authorizations that maybe required in connection with providing, performing, and completing the
Work, and with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations, including without
limitation the Illinois Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (see Subsection C of this
Section) (a copy of the prevailing rate of wages ascertained by the Illinois Department of Labor,
in effect as of the date of this Contract, has been attached as an Appendix to this Contract; if the
Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages to be paid, the revised rate
applies to this Contract); any other applicable prevailing wage laws; the Fair Labor Standards Act;
any statutes regarding qualification to do business; any statutes requiring preference to laborers of
specified classes; the Illinois Steel Products Procurement Act, 30 ILCS 56511 et seq.; any statutes
prohibiting discrimination because of, or requiring affirmative action based on, race, creed, color,
national origin, age, sex, or other prohibited classification, including, without limitation, the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,42 U.S.C. $$ 12101 et seq., the Illinois Human Rights
Act,775ILCS 5/1-101 et seq., and the Public Works Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS 10/0.01 et
seq.; and any statutes regarding safety or the performance of the Work, including the Illinois
Underground Utility Facilities Damage Prevention Act, 220 ILCS 50ll et seq., and the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,29 U.S.C. $$ 651 et seq.
B. Liability for Fines. Penalties. Contractor is solely liable for any fines or civil
penalties that are imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or body that may
a.i.", or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with Contractor's, or its subcontractors'
or suppliers', performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof.
C. Prevailine Waee Act. Contractor and each subcontractor, in order to comply with
the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (the "Act"), must submit to the Village a
certified puyrott ona monthly basis, in accordance with Section 5 of the Act. The certified payroll
must consist of a complete copy of those records required to be made and kept by the Act. The
certified payroll must be accompanied by a statement signed by the contractor or subcontractor
that certifies that (1) such records are true and accurate, (2) the hourly rate paid is not less than the
general prevailing rate of hourly wages required by the Act, and (3) the contractor or subcontractor
L u*ar" that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class B misdemeanor.
Contractor may rely on the certification of a subcontractor, provided that Contractor does not
knowingly rely on a subcontractor's false certification. On two business days' notice, Contractor
and each subcontractor must make available for inspection the records required to be made and
kept by the Act (i) to the Village and its officers and agents and to the Director of the Illinois
Deparfment of Labor and his or her deputies and agents and (ii) at all reasonable hours at a location
within the State.
‐17¨
CONTRACT
D. Required Provisions Deemed tnserted. Every provision of law required by law to
be inserted into this Contract is deemed to be inserted herein.
7.12 Compliance with Patents
A. Assumption of Costs" Royalties. and Fees. Contractor will pay or cause to be paid
all costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work, ofpatented
equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions.
B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined. Should Contractor be enjoined from
furnishing or using any equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or
inventions supplied or required to be supplied or used under this Contract, Contractor must
promptly offer substitute equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or
inventions in lieu thereof, of equal efficiency, quality, suitability, and market value, for review by
Owner. If Owner should disapprove the offered substitutes and should elect, in lieu of a
substitution, to have supplied, and to retain and use, any such equipment, materials, supplies, tools,
appliances, devices, processes, or inventions as may by this Contract be required to be supplied,
Contractor must pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and
necessary for Owner to use such equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices,
processes, or inventions without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding
in law or equity on account thereof. Should Contractor neglect or refuse to make any approved
substitution promptly, or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then
Owner will have the right to make such substitution, or Owner may pay such royalties and secure
such licenses and charge the cost thereof against any money due Contractor from Owner or recover
the amount thereof from Contractor and its surety or sureties notwithstanding that Final Payment
may have been made.
7.13 Time
The Contract Time is of the essence of this Contract. Except where otherwise stated,
references in this Contract to days is construed to refer to calendar days.
7.14 Severabilitv
The provisions of this Contract will be interpreted when possible to sustain their legality
and enforceability as a whole. ln the event any provision of this Contract is held invalid, illegal,
or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, in whole or in part, neither the validity of
the remaining part of such provision, nor the validity of any other provisions of this Contract will
be in any way affected thereby.
7.15 Entire Asreement
This Contract sets forth the entire agreement of Owner and Contractor with respect to the
accomplishment of the Work and the payment of the Contract Price therefor, and there are no other
CONTRACT
understandings or agreernents,oral or w五 tten,between Owner and Contractor with respect to the
Work and the compensation thercfor.
7.16 Ainendments
No lnodiflcation,addition,deletion,revision,alteration or other change to this Contract is
effective unless and until such change is reduced to writing and executed and delivered by(Dwner
and Contractor.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
-19-
CONTRACT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractorhave caused this Contract to be executed
by their properly authorized representatives in two original counterparts as of the Effective Date.
VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK
By:
Name:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Name:
Title:
CONTRACTOR
By:
Name:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Name:
Title:
-20-
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICAT10N
STATE OF ILLINOIS
COUNTY OF)) SS)CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
0″′
“
c″″な こ窮θc″′j“gり 知c′イ,being flrst duly
swom on oath, deposes and states that all statements herein made are made on behalf of
Contractor, that this deponent is authorized to make them, and that the statements contained
herein are true and correct.
Contractor deposes, states, and certifies that Contractor is not barred from contracting
with a unit of state or local government as a result of (i) a violation of either Section 33E-3 or
Section 338-4 of Article 33E of the Criminal Code of 196l,720ILCS 5/33E-1 et seq.; or (ii) a
violation of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26,2001) (the"Patriot
Act") or other statutes, orders, rules, and regulations of the United States government and its
various executive departments, agencies and offices related to the subject matter of the Patriot
Act, including, but not limited to, Executive Order 13224 effective September 24,2001.
DATED:,20___
CONTRACTOR
By:
Name:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Nalne:
Title:
Subscribed and Sworn to before me on
My Commission expires:
Notary Public
(SEAL)
20
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
ATTACHMENT A
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF CONTRACT TERMS
fCheck applicable boxes and insert required information.J
1. Proiect:
Provide and install all materials needed for the Bath & Tennis Electrical System
Upgrade and Generator Installation as shown on the drawings and described herein. The
general contractor shall provide and install all materials, unless noted otherwise.
2. W:
800 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523.
3. Permits. Licenses. Approvals. and Authorizations:
Contractor must obtain all required governmental permits, licenses, approvals, and
authorizations.
4. Commencement Date:
Commencement Date shall be mutually agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Owner
anticipates work to begin in August 14,2018.
5. Completion Date:
Substantially completed by May 31,2019. The Completion Date will be subject to
equitable adjustment ifthe Commencement Date is delayed pursuant to Subsection2.2A
of the Contract.
6. Insurance Coverage:
Certificates of Insurance shall be presented to Owner within fifteen (15) days after the
receipt by the Contractor of the Notice of Award and the unexecuted contact, it being
understood and agreed that the Owner will not approve and execute the Contract until
acceptable insurance certificates are received and approved by Owner.
Each contractor performing any work pursuant to a contract with Owner and each permittee
ATTACIIMENT A
working under a permit as required pursuant to the provisions of Title I of Chapter 8 of the
Code of Ordinances of the Village of Oak Brook (hereinafter referred to as "[nsured") shall
be required to carry such insurance as specified herein. Such contractor and permittee shall
procure and maintain for the duration of the contract or permit insurance against claims for
injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the
performance of the work under the contract or permit, either by the contractor, permittee, or
their agents, representatives, onployees or subcontractors.
A contractor or permittee shall maintain insurance with limits no less than:
A. General Liability - $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury,
personal injury and property damage, provided that when the estimated cost of the
work in question does not exceed $25,000, the required limit shall be $1,000,000;
B. Automobile Liability (if applicable) - $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident
for bodily injury and property damage;
C. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability - Worker's Compensation limits as
required by the Labor Code of the State of Illinois and Employer's Liability limits of
$1,000,000 per accident.
Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by Owner. At
the option of Owner, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or self-
insured retention as respect to Owner, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or
the tnsured shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations,
claim administration and defense expenses to the extent of such deductible or self-insured
retention.
The policies shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:
D. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage -
(l) The Owner, its ofEcers, officials, ernployees and volunteers are to be covered
as@asrespects:liabilityarisingoutofactivitiesperformed
by or on behalf of the Insured; pronises owned, occupied or used by the
Insured. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of
protection afforded to the Owner, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers,
or agents.
(2) The lnsured's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect to the
Owner, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents. Anyinsurance
or self-insurance maintained by the Owner, its officers, officials, employees,
volunteers or agents shall be in excess of the lnsured's insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
(3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect
-2-
ATTACHMENT A
coverage provided to the Owner, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers
or agents.
(4) The lnsured's insurance shall apply separately to each covered party against
whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the
insurer's liability.
E. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Coverage
The policy shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Owner, its ofEcers,
officials, employees, volunteers and agents for losses arising from work
performed by the insured for the Owner.
Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended,
voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30)
days prior written notice by certified mail has been given to Owner. Each insurance policy
shall name the Owner, its ofEcers, officials and employees, volunteers and agents as
Additional Insureds. lnsurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less
than A: VII.
Each lnsured shall fumish the Owner with certificates of insurance and with original
endorsements effecting coverage required by this provision. The certificate and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that
insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on forms
approved by the Owner and shall be subject to approval by the Village Attorney before
work commences. The Owner reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of
all required insurance policies, at any time.
Each insured shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall fumish
separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
Er. Builders Risk Insurance. This insurance must be written in completed value
form, must protect Contractor and Owner against "all risks" of direct physical
loss to buildings, structures, equipment, and materials to be used in providing,
performing, and completing the Work, including without limitation fire
extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, flood,
earth movement and collapse, and must be designed for the circumstances that
may affect the Work.
This insurance must be written with limits not less than the insurable value of
the Work at completion. The insurable value must include the aggregate value
of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be constructed or installed by
Contractor.
-3-
trE
ATTACHMENT A
This insurance must include coverage while equipment or materials are in
warehouses, during installation, during testing, and after the Work is completed,
but prior to Final Payment. This insurance must include coverage while Owner
is occupying all or any part of the Work prior to Final Payment without the need
for the insurance company's consent.
Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. Contractor, at its sole
cost and expense, must purchase this Insurance in the name of Owner with a
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than
$1,000,000.
Umbrella Policy. The required coverage may be in the form of an umbrella
policy above $2,000,000 primary coverage. All umbrella policies must provide
excess coverage over underlying insurance on a following-form basis so that,
when any loss covered by the primary policy exceeds the limits under the
primary policy, the excess or umbrella policy becomes effective to cover that
loss.XF.
nc Each policy must have a deductible or self-insured retention of notDeductible.
more than $
XH.Owner as Additional Insured. Owner must be named as an Additional Insured
on the following policies:
General Liabilitv
I.
The Additional Insured endorsement must identiff Owner as follows:
The Village of Oak Brook and its boards, commissions, committees, authorities,
ernployees, agencies, officers, voluntary associations, and other units operating
under the jurisdiction and within the appointment of its budget.
Other Parties as Additional Insureds. In addition to Owner, the following parties
must be named as additional insured on the following policies:
Additional Insured
Kluber Architects & EneineersX
-4-
Policy or Policies
7.
ATTACHⅣIENT A
Contract Price:
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
A. LUMP SUM CONTRACT
1. For providing, performing, and completing all Work, the total Contract Price of
(write in numbers):
,r
In words:
8.Progress Payments:
General. Owner must pay to Contractor 90 percent of the Value of Work,
determined in the manner set forth below, installed and complete in place up to
the day before the Pay Request, less the aggregate of all previous Progress
Payments. The total amount of Progress Payments made prior to Final
Acceptance by Owner may not exceed 90 percent of the Contract Price.
Value of Work. The Value of the Work will be determined as follows:
Lump Sum Items. For all Work to be paid on a lump sum basis,
Contractor must, not later than 10 days after execution of the Contract
and before submitting its first Pay Request, submit to Owner a schedule
showing the value of each component part of such Work in form and
with substantiating data acceptable to Owner ("Breakdown Schedule").
The sum of the items listed in the Breakdown Schedule must equal the
amount or amounts set forth in the Schedule of Prices for Lump Sum
Work. An unbalanced Breakdown Schedule providing for overpayment
of Contractor on component parts of the Work to be performed first will
not be accepted. The Breakdown Schedule must be revised and
resubmitted until acceptable to Owner. No payment may be made for
any lump sum item until Contractor has submitted, and Owner has
approved, an acceptable Breakdown Schedule.
Owner may require that the approved Breakdown Schedule be revised
based on developments occurring during the provision and performance
of the Work. If Contractor fails to submit a revised Breakdown Schedule
that is acceptable to Owner, Owner will have the right either to suspend
Progress and Final Pa5rments for Lump Sum Work or to make such
Paynents based on Owner's determination of the value of the Work
completed.
A.
B.
-5-
ATTACHMENT A
(2) Unit Price Items. For all Work to be paid on a unit price basis, the value
of such Work will be determined by Owner on the basis of the actual
number of acceptable units of Unit Price Items installed and complete in
place, multiplied by the applicable Unit Price set forth in the Schedule
of Prices. The actual number of acceptable units installed and complete
in place will be measured on the basis described in Attachment B to the
Contract or, in the absence of such description, on the basis determined
by Owner. The number of units of Unit Price Items stated in the
Schedule of Prices are Owner's estimate only and may not be used in
establishing the Progress or Final Payments due Contractor. The
Contract Price will be adjusted to reflect the actual number of acceptable
units of Unit Price Items installed and complete in place upon Final
Acceptance.
C. Application of Payments. All Progress and Final Payments made by Owner to
Contractor will be applied to the payment or reimbursernent of the costs with
respect to which they were paid and will not be applied to or used for any pre-
existing or unrelated debt between Contractor and Owner or between Contractor
and any third Party.
9. Per Diem Administrative Charee:
$500 per day.
10. Standard Specifications:
The Contract also includes Owner's Village Code and Building Codes.
References to any of these codes means the latest editions effective on the date of the bid
opening.
See Attachment D for any special project requirements.
-6-
ATTACHMENT B
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
ATTACHM[ENT B
SPECIFICATIONS
SECT!ON 00 01 07
SEALS PACE
l.01 DESIGN PROFESS:ONALS'SEALS
A ELECTRICAL ENGINEER B MECHANICAL ENGINEER
END OF DOCUMENT
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 000107‐1Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 00 01 07
SEALS PAGE
SECT10N 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
lntroductory inforlnation
00 01 01 ProieCt TⅢe Page
00 01 07 Seals Page
00 01 10 Table of Contents
00 01 15 Drawing lndex
00 31 13 Prelimlnary Schedule
SPECIFICAT10NS
D市 ision 01・・ General Requirements
01 10 00 Summary
01 30 00 Adminlstra∥ve Requlremenls(l page atachment)
01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements
01 42 00 References
01 50 00 Temporary Fac∥illes and Controls
01 60 00 Product Requlrements(l page attachmeno
01 70 00 Execulon and Closeout Requirements
017800
017900
Closeout Submittals
Demonstration and Training
Division 03 .. Concrete
031000
032000
033000
PAGES
000101‐1‐1000107‐1‐1000110‐1‐2000115…1‐10031‐13‐1‐1PAGES
01 1011-1‐2013000‐1…5014100‐1-2
014200…14
015000‐1‐3016000‐1-4
017000-1‐6017800‐1‐4017900…1‐3031000‐1‐3032000-1-2
033000…lS
099113-1-4
Concrete Forming and Accessories
Concrete Reinforcing
Cast-in-Place Concrete
Division 09・ ・Finishes
09 91 13 Exterior Painling
Division 23・ “Heating,Ventilating,and Ai卜 Conditioning{HVAC)
. 23 11 13 Facllity Fuel・ 01 Piplng
Division 26・ 口Electrical
26 05 00 Basic Electrical Requirements
PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1179 000110‐1Copyrigh1 2018 by KLUBER:INC.:A∥ Rlghls Reserved
2311 13¨4‐4260500‐1‐3SECT!ON 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
260501
260502
260519
260529
260535
262100
262413
263213
263600
Division 31・ 口Earthwork
31 22 00 Grading
312316,13 Trenching
Division 32ロ ロExteriorlmprovements
32 31 29 Wood Fences and Gates
32 92 19 Seeding
END OF SECT!ON
PRO」ECT NO,18‐172‐1179 000110‐2Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INC,;Att Rlghts Reserved
Minor Electrical Demolition
Electrical ldentification
Conductors and Devices
Supporting Devices
Raceways and Boxes
Low-Voltage Electrical Service Entrance
Service and Distribution
Engine Generators
Transfer Switches
260501‐1‐2260502‐1‐2260519-1‐8260529‐1‐22605351‐8262100‐1¨3262413‐1‐4263213‐1‐14
263600‐1‐6312200‐1‐3312316.13‐1‐4323129‐1‐4329219-1‐3SECT10N 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTiON 00 01 15
DRAWiNG!NDEX
GENERAL
G100 COVER SHEET,GENERAL NOTES,SYMBOLS&DRAVVING INDEX
ELECTR:CAL
E100 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LIST&PANEL SCHEDULES
E200 ELECTRICAL DEMOLIT10N FL00R PLAN
E300 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REMODEL FL00R PLAN
E500 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS
END OF DOCUMENT
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 000115‐1Copy“ght2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 00 01 15
DRAW NG INDEX
SECT10N 00 31 13
PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE
l,01 GENERAL
A.The folbwing represents the pre∥mlnary construclon schedule forthe VVork.丁 hls schedule is the
current eslmate ofthe Ownerlo be used for purposes of blddlng,A∥Bidders shallinclude the
costs of all ove威 lme,double_shifl,or so‐ca∥ed"premlum"∥me that may be necessary lo meetthis
mllestone.
1,02 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE
A,Award of Contracti July 10,2018
B,Oommencemenl of Construc10n: August 14,2018
C,Substan∥al Complelon: May 31,2019
END OF DOCUMENT
PRO」ECT NO.18‐1721179 003113…1Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Righls Reserved
SECT10N 00 31 13
PRELIM:NARY SCHEDULE
SECT10N 01 10 00
SUMMARY
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 PROJECT
A Prolecl Namei VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K―BATH&TENNIS CLUB STANDBY GENERATOR
B.Owners Namei VⅢage of Oak Brook
C ArchilecVEngineers Name:Kluber Archilects+Engineers
l,02 CONTRACT DESCRIPT:ON
A Contracl Type:A single pttme contract based on a Supulated P面 ce as desc面 bed in the V∥lage of
Oak Brook Contract forthe Construction of Electrical Syslems upgrades Bid Package document
l.03 DESCR!PTION OF ALTERAT:ONS WORK
A Scope ofdemolnion and removal workis shown on drawings.
B Scope of anerations work is shown on drawings.
C New equipment pads,fencing and side walk modinca,Ons
D Coordinalon with Commonwealth Edison Company ofa∥effotts to demolsh exisling service,
upgrade ofthe service location and de=energizalon and re‐energizalon of electlcal ul“ ty forthe
orde∥y progress and complelon ofthe work
E Conslruction of new electncal servte entrance equipment at exisung service point,transfer s面 lch
and dist面 bution systems for Bath&Tennis Club electncal dist“bulon systems as indicated and
reasonably inferable in the contract documenls
F Coordination of Commonweanh Edison Co,p面 mary empty condun system lo e∥minale one service
pOint.
G.Temporary e:ect∥cal service for outages that exceed a duration of 12 hours forthe conlnued
Operation ofthe v∥lage complex
H Retro‐ft of existing Bath and Tennis Club electrical distribution to emminale metering and service
entrance equipment as genera∥y indicaled or reasonably inferable in the contract documents
i Restorat on of sile iandscaping due to construcuOn,demolniOn,excavation and direclonal bonng
activities
J HVAC:Aller exisung and add new construcJon Bu∥ding natural gas system
l.04 0WNER OCCuPANCY
A Ownerintends lo con∥nue lo occupy adiacent pollons ofthe exislng bu∥ding dunng the enlre
construction period
B,Cooperate wnh Ownerto minimize conlict and to fac∥itate Owners Operalons.
C Schedule the Wo「kto accommodale Owneroccupancy
PRO」ECT N0 18・ 172‐1179 011000‐1Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥ R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 10 00
SUMMARY
1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREM!SES
A.Arrange use of sle and premises to allow:
1. Owner occupancy
2 Use ofsite and premises bythe pub∥cB.Provide access to and from sile as required bylaw and by Owner
l Emergency Bu∥ding Exits Du面 ng Construcloni Keep a∥exns required by code open dunng
construclion penodi provide lemporary exit s19ns r exl rOutes are lempora∥ly atered.
2 Do not obstrucl「oadways,sldewalks,or other pub∥ c ways Ⅷthout permit.
C.Exisung bu∥ding spaces may not be used for storage
D Ullly Outages and Shuldown:
1. Do not disrupt or shut down∥fe safety syslems,including but not∥mned to lre sp∥ nklers and
lre abrln syslem,without 2 weeks nouce tO owner and authonles haⅥng iu∥Sdた lon.
2 Limit shutdown of ut∥ity services to 8 hours at a tirne,arranged atleast 2 weeksin advance
with Owner
3 Shutdown umes tO Occuron Saturdays Only.
4 Prevent accidental disruption of ut∥ity services to other fac∥ities
PART 2 PRODUCTS・ NOT uSED
PART 3 EXECUTiON・ NOT uSED
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 011000‐2Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 10 00
SUMMARY
SECTiON 01 30 00
ADMiNISTRATⅣE REQU!REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N INCLUDES
A Preconstruclon meeing
B Progress meeJngs
C Construction progress schedule
D Submitals forreview,informaJon,and prolect C10Seout.
E ArchnecvEngineerprovided CAD lles
F Number ofcoples of Submitals
G Submital procedures
l.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS
A Seclon 01 70 00‐Execution and Closeout Requirements:Addlional coordination requirements
B Section 01 78 00‐Closeout Submitals:Prolect record documents
PART 2 PRODuCTS‐NOT uSED
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 PRECONSTRUCT10N MEET:NG
A ArchnecvEngineer w∥schedu:e a meeJng amer Nojce ofAward
B Allendance required
1 0wner.
2 Archttect′Engineer
3 Contraclor
C Agenda:
1. Archnecυ Engineer vⅥ∥prepare and provide Agenda forthis meelng on:y.
D Archilect w∥provide minules and dも t面 bule copies to a∥paticipants forthis meeung Only.
Patticipants lo distribute to other patties as they see required lo have
3.02 PROGRESS MEETINCS
A Make arrangements for meelngs,prepare agenda Mlth copies for paticipants,preside at
meeungs
B Allendance Required:
l Contraclor
2 0wner
3 Archnecυ Engineer
4 Contractors supe面 nlendent
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 013000‐1Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A I Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
C. Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meetings,
2. Review of Work progress.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. ldentilication of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress.
5. Review of Submittals schedule and status of Submittals.
6. Maintenance of progress schedule.
7. Conective measures to regain projected schedules.
8. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
9. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
10.Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.
1 l.Other business relating to Work.
D. Record minutes and distribute copies within 2 days after meeting to participants, with copies to
ArchitecUEngineer, owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
3,03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESSSCHEDULE
A. Within 7 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule.
B. lf preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 7 days.
C. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.
3.04 Submiftals FOR REVIEW
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
3. Samples for selection.
4. Samples for verilication.
B. Submit to ArchitecUEngineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.
D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with Submittal PROCEDURES article
below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.
3.05 Submiftals FOR INFORilATloN
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:
1. Design data.
2. Certificates.
3. Test reports.
4. lnspection reports.
5. Manufacture/s instructions.
6. Manufactureds field reports.
7. Other types indicated.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 013000‐2Copy∥ght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥ R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
B. Submit for ArchitecUEnginee/s knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner, No action will
be taken.
3.06 Submittals FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Submit Conection Punch List for Substantial Completion.
B. Submit Final Conection Punch List for Substantial Completion.
C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at Project Closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance data.
3. Wananties.
4. Bonds.
5. other types as indicated.
D. Submit for Owne/s benefit during and after Project completion.
3.07 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER-PROVIDEDCADFILES
A. After the execution of the Contract, ArchitecUEngineer will provide, free of charge, upon receipt of
a propedy completed and signed request utilizing "Electronic Data Transfer Consent Form'at the
end of this Specification Section, CAD files depicting graphic information for the project as follows:
1. Architectural Floor Plans: Column grid, walls, floors, stairs, doors, windows, room numbers,
ceiling grid, mechanical diffusers, plumbing fixtures, sprinkler heads (if depicted in Bid
Documents) and lights.
B. Contractor acknowledges and accepts that the Architectural Floor Plans do not contain structural,
mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection and other building systems information depicted in
the Bidding Documents. Examples of information not contained in these files include, but are not
limited to, title blocks, keynotes, schedules, mechanical ductwork and equipment, electrical device
symbols, circuit numbers and home runs, plumbing equipment, piping runs and riser diagrams,
and architectural/engineering text or details. No other CAD files, data or information will be
provided.
C. Only requests from Prime Contractors will be honored. Subcontractors must obtain the files from
their respective Prime Contractors.
D. ln submitting a request, Contractor acknowledges that:
'1. ArchitecVEngineer bears no responsibility for the data or its transmission,
2. Use of the data by the Contractor or his Subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor of his
obligations under the Contract,
3. Contractor is solely liable for any and all claims arising from any and all products generated by
the Contractor or its Subcontractors employing the data,
4. Contractor and its Subconlractors have a limited, non-exclusive license to use the data solely in
connection with the Work of the Project, and that
5. ArchitecUEngineer retains all rights, including copyright, to the data.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 013000‐3cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
3.08 NUMBER OF COPIES 0F Submittals
A. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-marked up file
will be returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up; illegible files will be rejected.
B. Samples: Submit the number specifled in individual specification sections; one of which will be
retained by ArchitecUEngineer.
1. After review, produce duplicates.
2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specilically so stated.
3.09 SubmittalPROCEDURES
A. Shop Drawing Procedures:
1. Prepare accurate, drawnto-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the
Contract Documents and coordinating related work.
2. Generic, non-projecfspecific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the
requirements for shop drawings.
B. Shop Drawing Procedures:
1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the
Contract Documents and coordinating related Work.
2. Generic, non-pro.iect speciflc information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the
requirements for shop drawings.
C. Transmit each Submittal with a copy of approved Submiftal form.
D. Transmit each Submittal with AIA Form G810.
E. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise Submittals with original number and a sequential
alphabetic suffix.
F. ldentify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and
specificalion section number, as appropriate on each copy.
G. Apply Contracto/s stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of
Products required, fleld dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is
in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Con$act Documents.
H. Deliver Submittals to ArchitecUEngineer at business address.
l. Schedule Submiftals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.
J. For each Submittal for review, allow 20 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
K. Cleady identify variations from the Contract Documents. Regardless of the type of variation,
Contractor is solely responsible for enors in the field that arise from Submittal variations from the
requirements of the Conkact Documents if those variations were not expressly noted to speciflcally
identify for and describe to the reviewer the nature of the variation from the Contract Documents.
L. ldentify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be
detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 013000‐4cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥RIghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
M. Correlate submitted items with specified products; clearly indicate the specified product that
corresponds to each submitted item.
N. When options or optional features available for a Producl are indicated in a Submittal, and
selections for those options/features are indicated in the Contract Documents, identify on the
Submittal the selection indicated in the Contract Documents.
O. Provide space for Contractor and ArchitecUEngineer review stamps.
P. When revised for resubmission, using clouds, highlights or other means acceptable to the
Architect, identify allchanges made since previous submission, Resubmittals that do not clearly
identify all changes may be delayed and/or returned to the Contractor unreviewed.
Q. The Contractor is entitled to 1 Resubmittals of any Shop Drawing, Product Data, or Closeout
Submittal item rejected by the Architect or retumed by the Architect for further action. Thereafter,
the Contractor shall pay the cost of all further Architect's reviews of Shop Drawing, Product Data or
Closeout Submittal, at a rate of $200.00/hour. Cost of such further reviews will be deducted from
the Contract Sum by Change Order.
R. Distribute reviewed Submittals as appropriate. lnstruct parties to promptly report any inability to
comply with requirements.
S. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
T. Submittal reviews may be delayed and/or Submittals may be returned unreviewed for any of the
following reasons:
1 . Submiftals submitled outside the scheduled dates of the Submittal Schedule.
2. Submittals are incomplete or are missing information.
3. Submittals are not submitted in accordance with procedures outlined in this Section (i.e. spec
Section number not indicated, missing Conhactor's review stamp, submitted items not
correlated with specified products).
3.10 SUBMITTAL REVIEW
A, Submittals for Review: ArchitecUEngineer will review each submittal, and approve, or take other
approp ate action.
B. ArchitecUEngineer's actions will be reflected by marking each returned submittal using actual
stamp on hard copies of submittals.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 013000‐5Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
K:uber
Architects + Engineers unuw.kluberinc.com
Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Your Work:
Acknow:edged by:
Company:
Date:
KLUBER, lNC. (hereinafter referred to as "Klube/') an lllinois corporation, is providing elechonic data to you solely at your
request and for your convenience. By accepting and opening any of the electronic data files, you agree that Kluber bears no
liability for the data or its transmission to you and that you are solely liable for any and all claims refening or relating to any and
all products you, or your Subcontractors, may generate with the data.
You acknowledge that you have a limited non-exclusive license to use the information solely in connection with your work on the
project captioned above, and that Kluber retains all rights, including copyright, to the data.
ELECTRON:C DATA TRANSFER CONSENT FORM
BATH&TENNiS CLUB
800 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,ILLINOIS 60523
18‐172‐1179
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K―BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N
(Printed Name)(Signature)
Emall:
Architectural Floor Plans are transmitted for the contractors' use as backgrounds for shop drawings and as-built drawings, and,
as such, contain graphic information for column grid, walls, floors, stairs, doors, windows, room numbers, ceiling grid, lights,
diffusers and sprinkler heads where indicated on Bid Documents. Plans do not contain title blocks, keynotes, schedules,
mechanical ductwork and equipment, electrical device symbols, circuit numbers and home runs, plumbing equipment, piping
runs and riser diagrams, and architectural/engineering text and details. Plans depict entire floors and are not formatted, partial
plans as depicted in the Bidding Documents. Files are provided in R20't3 .DWG format.)
Kane County OfFce
10 South Shumway Avenue
Batavia,1∥nols 6051 0
6304061213
Lake County Offce
4212 0 d Grand Ave,Ste 401
Gurnee,∥inois 60031
8473363428
McLean Counly Ofrce
108 E Beaufol Street BoX 10
Normall∥no s 61761
3094306460
SECT:ON 01 41 00
REGULATORY REQU:REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10NiNCLUDES
A General
B Deinitions
C Qua“ty Assurance
D Regulalory Requirements
l.02 RELATED SECT:ONS
A Seclion 01 10 00‐Summary
B.Seclon 01 42 00‐References
l.03 GENERAL
A Comply面 th a∥app∥cable laws,rules,regula∥ons,codes and ordinances
B. !fthe Contractor observes thatthe Contract Documents may be at vattance Ⅷth specined cOdes,
nOu″the ArchilecVEngineerimmediately ArchilecVEngineer sha∥issue a∥changes in accordance
wlth the General Condmons
c nsha∥nOt be the Cont「 aclors p∥mary responsiblly lo make cenain thatthe Contract Documents
are ln accordance Ⅷth a∥app∥cable laws rules and regulations,however,when the Contraclor
perbrms work knowing or having reason to know thatthe workin queslon is contraryto app∥cable
laws,「ules,and regulalons,and falヽ lo nou″the ArchitecVEngineer,the Contractor sha∥pay a∥
costs a∥sing therefrom
l.04 DEF:N:T10NS
A Deinlions
l Codes:Codes are statutory requirements,rules or regulalons of9ovemmental entmes.
2 Standardsi Standards are requirements that have been estab∥shed as accepled cttle"a,set
general consent
l.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A The Archnect′Engineer has desoned the proleclto app∥cable code requirements and has copies
ofsaid codes ava∥able fo「the Contracto「's inspeclion
B The Contractorsha∥:4 Ensure that coples of codes and standards referenced herein or specined in individual
specincatiOns sections are ava∥able to Contractors persOnneL agents,and Sub―Contraclors
2.Ensure that Contractors persOnnel,agents,and Sub‐Contractors are fam∥iar with the
workmanship and requ rements of app∥cable codes and standards
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o14100‐1copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 41 00
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Source and Requirements: Verify amendments with local code officials.
1. Local code requirements:
a. ICC lnternational Building Code,2015 Edition.
b. ICC lnternational Mechanical Code,20'15 Edition.
c. ICC lnternational Fire Code, 2015 Edition.
d. ICC lnternational Property Maintenance Code,2015 Edition.
e. ICC Electrical Code, 2014 Edition.
2. State code requirements:
a. Capital Development Board (CDB): lllinois Accessibility Code, 1997 Edition.
b. lllinois Department of Labor (IDOL): Safety Glazing Materials Act - lllinois Revised Statutes,
chap. 111 l12,paragraph 3101, etseq.
c. lllinois Department of Public Health (IDPH):
1) lllinois Plumbing Code (lllinois Administrative Code, Title 77, Chapter l, Subchapter r,
Part 890).
d. lllinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA):
1 ) Air-Pollution Standards,
2) Noise Pollution Standards.
3) Water Pollution Standards.
4) Public Water Supplies
5) Solid Waste Standards.
6) lllinois Recommended Standards for Sewage Work.
e. lllinois State Fire Marshal (0SFM):
1) Boiler & Pressure Vessel Safety Code (lllinois Administrative Code, Title 44, Chapter l,
Part'120).
2) lllinois Rules & Regulations for Fire Prevention & Safety (as amended).
3) Gasoline and Volatile Oils (lllinois Revised Statutes, chap. '17 1/2, paragraph 31, et
seq.).
3. lnformation and Requirements for Utility Services: Local utility companies.
PART2 PRODUCTS. NOT USED
PART3 EXECUTION-NOTUSED
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 014100‐2Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,lNCl A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 41 00
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
sEcTloN 01 42 00
REFERENCES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Drawing symbols, abbreviations and acronyms.
B. Definitions of terms used throughout the Contract Documents.
C. Explanation of specification format and content.
D. Requirements relating to referenced slandards.
E. Applicability of referenced standards.
F. List of industry organizations and certain oftheir respective documents.
1.02 DRAWNG SYMBOLS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Abbreviations and graphic symbols are defined on the General Notes, Symbols & Abbreviations
sheet of the drawings.
B. Generally, symbols used on the mechanical and electrical drawings conform to those
recommended by ASHRAE, though, where appropriate, these symbols are supplemented by more
specific symbols as recommended by ASME, ASPE, or the IEEE.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Where the terms "indicated", "noted", "scheduled", "shown", or "specified" are used it is to help
locate the reference; no limitation on location is intended except as specifically noted.
B. Where the terms "directed', "requested", "authorized", "approved", are used as in "directed by the
ArchitecuEngineer", no implied meaning shall be construed to extend the ArchitecuEnginee/s
responsibilities into the Contractor's purview of construction supervision,
c. where the term ,,approved" is used in conjunction with the ArchitecuEnginee/s action on
submittals, requests or applications it is limited to the duties of the ArchitecUEngineer as described
in the Agreement, and the General and Supplemental Conditions of the Contract. Such use of the
term "approval' shall not limit or release the Contractor from his responsibility to fullill Contract
requirements.
D. Where the term "regulations" is used it means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, and orders
issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as construction industry standards, rules, or
conventions that address performance of the Work.
E. Where the term "fumish'is used it means supply, deliver, and unload to the construction site ready
for assembly and incorporation into the Work.
F. Where the term "install" is used it is meant to describe operations at the job site to include
unloading, assembling, placing, anchoring, finishing, protecting, cleaning and all other similar
operations required to fully incorporate an item into the Work.
G. Where lhe term "provide' is used it means'furnish and install'as defined above.
PROJECT NO. 18-172-1179 o142OO-1 sEcTloN 01 4200
Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved REFERENCES
H. The "Project Site" is the space available to the Contractor for performance of construction
activities. The Project Site may be for the exclusive use of the Contractor and his activities or may
be used in conjunction with others with others performing other construction or related activities on
the Project. The Extent of the Project Site is indicated on the drawings.
1.04 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT
A. These Specifications are based on lhe Construction Specification lnstitute's 49 Division format and
numbering system.
B. Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is an abbreviated type.
lmplied words and meanings will appropriately interpreted.
C. Requirements expressed in imperative and streamlined language are lo be performed by the
Contractor. At certain locations in the te(, subjective language may be used to describe
responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or others.
1 . Whenever a colon (:) us used within a sentence or phrase, it shall be construed to mean the
words "shall be".
D. Use of certain terms such as "carpentry' is nol intended to imply that certain activities must be
performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a conesponding generic name, The
Specifications do, however, require that certain construction activities shall be performed by
specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed. Specialists shall be used
for said activities, however the final responsibility for fulfilling the requirements of the Contract
remains the Contracto/s.
1.05 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. For products or workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in
the Project Manual, also refened to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the
standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue specifled in this section, except where a specific
date is established by applicable code.
C. Obtain copies of standards when required by the Contract Documents.
D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, untll
Substantial Completion.
E. Should specified reference slandards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
the ArchitecUEngineer before proceeding.
F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those
of the ArchitecUEngineer shall be altered by the Contract Documents by mention or inference
otherwise in any reference document.
1.06 APPLICABILITY OF INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Construction industry standards shall have the same force and effect as if bound or copied
directly in the Contract Documents, except where more stringent requirements are specified. All
such applicable standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
PRoJECT N0. 18-172-1179 01 42 00 -2 sEcrloN 01 42 00
Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved REFERENCES
1.Where compliance面 th lwo or more standards are referenced and conliclng requirements for
qual∥y or quanllles occur,comply with the more st面 ngent requirements Refer queslons
regard ng apparenly conlに lng standards lo the Archnect fOr a decヽ lon before proceeding
2 The standard ofqua∥ty or quanuty levels specined,shown,orreferenced sha∥be the minimum
to be p「ovided or pe“Dmed Refer queslions regarding standards of minimum qualky o「
quantity to the Architect before proceeding
l.07 CONSTRUCT:ON INDUSTRY ORCAN:ZAT10NS AND DOCUMENTS
A ACI…AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTEINTERNAT10NAL
B AGA―AMERiCAN GAS ASSOCIAT10N
C AiSC― AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCT10N,INC
D ANSI…AMERICAN NAT10NAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE
E ASHRAE¨AMERiCAN SOCIETY OF HEATING,REFRIGERATING AND AIR‐CONDIT10NING
ENGINEERS,INC
F.ASME¨THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
l ASMEA171-Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators;2004.
G ASTM―AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
H AWS…AMERICAN VVELDING SOCIETY
I CPSC―CONSUMER PRODUCTS SAFETY COMMISSiON
」. FM¨FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORAT10N
K.lCC…INTERNAT10NAL CODE COUNCIL,INC.
L IEEE¨INSTITUTE OF ELECTRiCAL AND ELECTRON:C ENGINEERS
M ISO―INTERNAT10NAL STANDARDS ORGANIZAT10N
N.NCMA―NAT10NAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIAT10N
O NEMA―NAT10NAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCiAT10N
P NFPA―NAT10NAL FIRE PROTECT10N ASSOCIAT10N
Q.SSPC―THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINCS
R UL‐‐UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES iNC.
1.08 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AND RELATED AGENCiES′DOCUMENTS
A CFR―CODE OF FEDERAL REGULAT10NS
B CPSC―CONSUMER PRODUCTS SAFETY COMMISSiON
C EPA¨ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT10N AGENCY
D.FS―FEDERAL SPECIFICAT10NS AND STANDARDS(General Services Administralon)
E CSA¨U.S.GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRAT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 014200‐3Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 42 00
REFERENCES
F USCS―UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
l.09 STATE GOVERNMENT AND RELATED AGENC:ES′DOCUMENTS
A.CDB-lLLINOIS CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD
B !DOL¨ ILLINOIS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
C IDPH―ILLINOIS DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH
D IEPA―lLLINOIS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT10N AGENCY
E.OSFM-OFFICE OF THEILLINOIS STATE FIRE MARSHAL
PART 2 PRODUCTS・ NOT uSED
PART 3 EXECUT:ON‐NOT USED
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 014200‐4cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 42 00
REFERENCES
SECT:ON 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FAC:LIT!ES AND CONTROLS
PARTl GENERAL
l,01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A TempOrary ul∥les
B Temporary lelecommunications services
)SC Temporary sanlary fac∥暫(D TempOrary Controls:Bar"ers,enclosures,and fencing
E Secu∥ty requirements
F, Vehicular access and parklng.
G Wasle removalfaci∥
“
es and servtes
l.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A Owner輛 ∥provide the fo∥owing:
l Electrical power and metering,oonsisting of connection to existing fac∥ities
2 Watersupply,consisung Of cOnneclon to existing fac∥ues
B. Existing faci∥ties may be used.
of waterc usetngge卜 Operaled nozzles for water hoses,lo avoid wasle
SERV:CESl.03 TELECOMMUNiCAT10NS
A Provide,maintain,and pay forlelecommunicalons seⅣices lo leld ofFce at ume Of prolect
mob∥zalon.
B Teiecommunicajons services sha∥include:
1 0ne(1)mOb∥e ce∥ular te:ephone for each of Contraclors and any Subcontraclors neld
personnel
2.Emal AccounVaddress reserved for prolect use
l.04 TEMPORARY SAN:TARY FACILITIES
A Use ofexislng fac∥lies is permited
B Maintain da∥y in clean and sanitary condiuon
lurn fac∥ities to same or beter condition as origina∥y found.C At end of construclion,ret
l.05 BARR:ERS
A Provide barriers to prevent unauthonzed entry to constnJction areas,lo prevent access to areas
that could be hazardous to workers orthe public,to a∥ow for owners use Of site and to protect
eズ slngね 引∥bs and attacent pЮ p“bs from damage from construcl on operattons and
demo∥lon
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 015000‐1cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACIL TIES AND CONTROLS
B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public
rights-of-way .
C. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants.
D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and struclures fiom damage,
1.06 FENCING
A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence.
B. Provide 6 foot high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with
locks.
1.07 SECURITY
A, Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owne/s operations from
unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft.
B. Coordinate with Ownefs security program.
1.08 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities,
and access for emergency vehicles.
B. Coordinate access and haul routes with goveming authorities and Owner.
C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free ofobstructions.
D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.
E. Existing parking areas may be used for conskuction parking.
1.09 WASTE REMOVAL
A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly
condition.
B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically.
C. lf materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable
non+ombustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure
unless othenruise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.
D. open freeJall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with
lids.
1.10 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS
A. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.
B. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 015000‐2cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A I Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 00NTROLS
PART 2 PRODuCTS・ NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUT:ON・ NOT uSED
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 015000‐3cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 00NTROLS
SECT:ON 01 60 00
PRODuCT REQU:REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A General product requirements
B Re‐use of existing products
C Transpottauon,hand∥ng,storage and protection
D Producl option requirements.
E Subsltulon∥m"auOns and procedures
F Maintenance malenals,including exlra malenaに ,spare patts,toOIS,and sotware
l.02 SuBMITTALS
A Product Data Submita修 :Submt manufacturers standard publも hed data Mark each copylo
idenl″app∥Cable pЮ ducts,modeに ,oplons,and other data Supplement manufacturersi
standad data to provde hformaJon specnc tO thも Prolect.
B.Shop Drawing Submitaほ Prepared specnca∥y fOrthis Prolect;indicale ul∥ty and electttcal
charactensucs,uunty COnnecJon requirements,and localon of ul∥ty ou∥ets for service for
funcliona:equipment and app∥ances
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EX:ST:NC PRODUCTS
A.Do not use matenals and equipmentremoved from existing premises un:ess specincally required
or pemited by the Contracl Documents.
B Unforeseen hお tottc ilems encountered remain the prope"ofthe ownet nou″Owner promp∥yupon dも covery;protect,remove,handle,and store as directed by Owner.
C Existing malerials and equipmentindicated to be removed,but notto be re‐used,relocated,
reinsta∥ed,de∥vered to the Owner,o「otherwse indicaled as lo remain the propety ofthe Owner,
become the propeny Ofthe Contractol remove from sne.
D. Reused ProductsI Reused products lnclude materials and equipment previously used in this or
other construction,sa:vaged and refurbished as specifled
2.02 NEW PRODUCTS
A. Provide new products unless specincally required o「pennited by the Contracl Documents
B Designed,manufaclured,and tested in accordance wnh industry standards.
2.03 PRODUCT OPT10NS
A Products Specined by Reference Standards or by Descnption Only: Use any product meeing
those standards or descnption
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 016000‐1Copy門 ght2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
B, Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product ofone ofthe
manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:
Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.
2.04 MAINTENANCEMATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software oftypes and in quantities specified in
individual specifi cation sections.
B. Deliver to Project site and place in location directed by Owne/s representative; obtain Owne/s
signature on receipt for delivery prior to final payment. Submit signed receipts with Closeout
Submittals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SUBSTITUTIONPROCEDURES
A. Substitutions Prior To Bid Opening: ArchitecUEngineer will consider a wriften request for
substitution provided that such request is received at least 6 days prior to the Bid opening date,
Requests received after that time will not be considered. lf a request is approved, the
ArchitecUEngineer will issue and appropriate addendum not less than 5 days prior to the Bid
opening date,
B. Substitutions After Notice of Award: ArchitecUEngineer will consider a request for substitution only
under one or more of the following conditions:
1 . Substitution is required for compliance with final interpretation of code requirements or
insurance regulations.
2. Specified product is not available through no fault of the Contractor.
3. Specified product is not compatible with other specified materials/equipment.
4. Manufacturer will not certify or wananty specified product as required.
C. Document each request utilizing Substitution Request Form following this section with complete
data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. lncomplete
requests will not be considered.
D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter:
1 . Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of
the specifled product.
2. Will provide the same wananty for the substitution as for the specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work
to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent.
5. Will reimburse Owner for ArchitecUEngineer review or redesign services associated with
re-approval by authorities having jurisdiction over the Project.
E. Substitutions of producls or product characteristics/components/accessories will not be considered
when they are indicated or implied on Contractor's submittals, without separate written request, or
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 016000‐2cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents, whether rejection ofsaid
substitutions is expressly identified by ArchitecUEngineer on Conhacto/s submittals or not.
F. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1 . Submit two copies of request for substilution for consideration. Submit a separate Substitution
Request Form and accompanying documentation for each proposed substitution.
2. Provide the following minimum documentation with each Substitution Request Form:
a. Product identification, manufacturer, product data including dimensions and $/eight,
performance and installation instructions.
b. Side-by-side itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product.
c. Coordination information including other modifications required as a result of proposed
substitution.
d. Cost information including the effect ofthe proposed substitution on the Contract Sum.
3. Sign and date the Substitution Request Form.
4. ArchitecUEngineer will notify submitter in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid
loss of factory calibration.
B. lf special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of
packaging.
C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site
storage time and potential damage to stored materials.
D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufactureds instructions.
E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of
surrounding areas.
F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are
correct, and products are undamaged.
G. Provide equipment and personnelto handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disflgurement,
or damage.
H. Anange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.
3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to
installation schedule and placed convenient lo work area in order to minimize waste due to
excessive materials handling and misapplication.
B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.
D. Slore sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment
favorable to product.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 016000‐3copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.
F. Provide bonded off-site storage and proiection when site does not permit on-site storage or
protection.
G. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to conskuction operations, weather,
precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other
contaminants.
H. Comply with manufacture/s warranty conditions, if any.
l. Do not store products directly on the ground,
J. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to
prevent condensation and degradation of products.
K. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining,
L. Provide equipment and personnelto store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement,
or damage.
M. Anange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products
are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 016000‐4Copy甫 ght2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Kluber
Architects + Engineers www.kluberinc.com
SUBST!TUT:ON REQUEST FORM
PRO」ECT: VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K…BATH&丁 ENNIS CL∪B ELECTRICAL SYSTEM∪PGRADE AND
GENERATORINSTALLA丁 10N
SPECIFIED I丁 EMi
Specification Section Page Paragraph
The undersigned requests consideration of the following:
Description
PROPOSED SUBS丁 1丁 U丁 10N:
Attached data includes project description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data
adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.
Attached data also includes a description of changes to the Contract Documents which the proposed substitution will
require for its proper installation.
The undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs, unless modified by attachments, are correct:
1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings.
2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design, detailing, and
construction costs caused by the requested substitution.
3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades, the construction schedule, or
specifi ed warranty req uirements.
4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution.
The undersigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the proposed substitution are equivalent
or superior to the specified item.
Printed Name
Signature
Telephone
Flrm
Kane Counw OfrCe
10 South Shumway Avenue
Batavia ∥[nois 60510
6304061213
4212 01d Grand Ave,Ste 101
Curnee,∥∥nois 60031
8473363428
108 E Beaufon Street BOX 10
Normall∥no s 61761
3094306460
For Use By The ArchitecUEngineer:
E Accepted E Accepted As Noted
E ruot Accepted E Received Too Late
圧mall
SECT:ON 01 70 00
EXECUTiON AND CLOSEOUT REQU!REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Examina∥on,preparalon,and generalinstallation procedures
B,Requirements for aneraJOns wOrk,including selecuve demoltion
C Cuting and patching
D.C!eaning and proteclon
E Stating of syslems and equipment
F Demonstralon and instruclon of Owner personnel
C Closeout procedures,except payment procedures.
1,02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A Seclon 01 30 00-Administralve Requirementsi Submitals procedures
B Section 01 78 00‐Closeout SubmitlalsI Prolect record documents,operation and maintenance
data,warranties and bonds
C Section 01 79 00‐Demonstrauon and Training:Demonstration of products and syslems to be
commissioned and where indicated in specinc specincatiOn sections
l.03 SUBMITTALS
A See Seclon 01 30 00‐Administra∥ve Requirements,for submittal procedures
B.Cutting and Patchingi Submt wnten requestin advance of cuting or anerauOn that afFects:
l Structurd htegnty of any ettment of Proled.
2 inlegnly Of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.
3. Ettciency,maintenance,or safety of any operalonal element
4, Visual qualnies Of sight exposed elements
l.04 PROJECT CONDiT10NS
A.Dust ControL Execule work by methods to minimize raも ing dust from construclion operalons
Provide pOsitive means lo prevent ai「borne dustfrom dispersing into atmosphere and over
a"aCent prOpe".
l Provide dusl‐proof barriers be加 、een construclion areas and areas continuing to be occupled by
Owner
B Noise ControL Provlde methodsl means,and fac∥lies lo minimize noise produced by construcJon
operations
C Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods,means,and fac∥ities to prevent pests and insects
from damaging the work
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017000‐1Copy∥gh12018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
D. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or
invading premises.
E. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water,
and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by
conshuction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations,
1.05 COORDTNATTON
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to
ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with
provisions for accommodating items installed later.
B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.
C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with
building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for
installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.
D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that
are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit,
as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efliciently to
maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
E. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and wok for patching
and extending work.
B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where
necessary, refening to existing work as a standard.
C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution
described in Section 01 60 00.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work.
Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being
applied or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions descrjbed in individual specification sections.
D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize
waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017000‐2copynght 2048 by KLUBER,lNC=A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
E, Verify that utility services are available, ofthe conect characteristics, and in the correct locations.
F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements
subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work,
assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means
acceptance of existing conditions.
3.02 PREPAMTION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance,
C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to
applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.
3.03 ALTERATIONS
A. Drawings showing existing conshuction and utilities are based on casual field observation and
existing record documents only,
1 . Verify that construction and utility anangements are as shown.
2. Report discrepancies to ArchitecUEngineer before disturbing existing installation.
3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance ofexisting conditions.
B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work,
1. Remove items indicated on drawings.
2. Relocate items indicated on drawings.
3. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and
prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary
for successful application of new finish.
C. Services (lncluding but not limited to Plumbing and Electrical): Remove, relocate, and extend
existing systems to accommodate new construction.
1 . Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment
and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or provide access
Panel.
2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require
reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, dishibution, and equipment as
required.
3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new
services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for
service.
a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of
outages.
b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service.
4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities.
5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment; remove back to source of supply
where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal using
materials specified for new construction.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017000‐3copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
D, Protect existing work to remain.
1 . Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.
2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work.
3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.
E. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible.
F. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be reflnished, patch to malch lhe surface
finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patch so that
the substrate is ready for the new finish.
G. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated:
1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces to
remain to the specifled condition for each material, Wth a neat transilion to adjacent finishes,
2. lf mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover and refinish to
match.
H. Clean existing systems and equipment.
l. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site; do
not burn or bury.
J. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete.
K. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section.
3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.
B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements.
C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:
'1. Complete the work.
2. Fit products together to integrate with other wok.
3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.
4. Match work that has been cut lo adjacent work,
5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.
6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.
7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.
8. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work.
D, Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate
surfaces to receive patching and finishing. ln existing work, minimize damage and restore to
original condition.
E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior
approval.
F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017000‐4cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids
with fire rated material , to full thickness of the penetrated element.
l. Patching:
1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. 0n continuous surfaces,
refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit,
2. Match color, texture, and appearance,
3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfeclions
due to patching work. lf defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to
repairing finish.
3.05 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly
condition.
B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or
remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface linishing, and continue cleaning to
eliminate dust.
D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose
off-site; do not burn or bury.
3.06 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.
B, Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.
C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate
work area to prevent damage.
D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.
E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of
heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.
F, prohibit trafflc or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. lf traffic or activity is necessary,
obtain recommendalions for protection from waterprooflng or rooling material manufacturer.
G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if
possible.
3.07 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.
B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive
rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage.
C. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer'
PRoJECT NO. 18-172-',1179 01 70 00 - 5 SECTION 01 70 00
copyright 20.18 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved EXECUTION AND CLoSEOUT REOUIREMENTS
D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested,
E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Conhactor personnel and manufacture/s
representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
F. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning
correctly.
3.08 DEMONSTRATION ANDINSTRUCTION
A. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training.
3.09 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
3.10 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion.
'1 . Clean areas to be occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy.
B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.
C. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or othenrrise cover fire test labels or
nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.
D. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
E. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of
in legal manner; do not bum or bury.
3.11 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals that are required by goveming or other authorities,
1 . Provide copies to ArchitecuEngineer and owner.
B. Notify ArchitecVEngineer when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion.
C. Submit Mitten certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been
inspected, and that wok is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for
ArchitecUEnginee/s review.
D. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with
requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas.
E. Notify ArchitecUEngineer when work is considered finally complete.
F. Complete items of work determined by ArchitecuEnginee/s final inspection.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1179 017000‐6CopyHgh1 2018 by KLUBER,lNC iA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
SECT:ON 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
PARTl GENERAL
l,01 SECT:ON INCLUDES
A Proled Recod Documents.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data
C.Warranues and bonds
l,02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.Seclon 01 30 00‐Administralve Requirements Submita:s procedures,shop drawings,producl
data,and samples
B.Secuon 01 70 00‐ExecuJon and Closeout Requirementsi Contracl closeout procedures
C lndividual Product Secuons:specinc requ∥ements for operalon and maintenance data.
D lndividual Product Sectionsi VVarrant es requi「ed for specinc prOducts or VVork.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Prolect Record Documentsi Submn dOcuments to ArchitecllEngineer with claim for inal
Applicauon fOr Payment
B Operation and Mainlenance Data:
l Submttwo coples ofpre“minary drat or proposed formals and oulines of contents before slan
of Work ArchilecVEngineer wi∥review drat and return one copy面 th comments.
2 Forequipment,or component patts of equipment putinlo service during construction and
operaled by Owner,subml oompleted documents wnhin ten days aler acceptance,
3 Subml one copy ofcompleted documents 15 days p∥o「lo lnalinspeclon This copy面 ∥be
reviewed and returned ater inalinspeclion,面 th ArchttecVEngineer comments.Revise
content of a∥document sets as required priorto lnal submission.
4 Subnnittwo sets ofrevised inal documents in inalform within 1 0 days aler inalinspection
C Warranues and BOnds:
l For equipment or compOnent pans Of equipment putinlo service duttng const「uclon with
owners permisslon,subml documenls wtthin 10 days ater acceptance
2 Make other submitals within 10 days aler Date of Substantial Completion,p∥orto nnal
App∥cation for Payment
3 Foritems of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion,
subnnit within 1 0 days ater acceptance,∥sting the date of acceptance as the beginning ofthe
warranty period
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017800‐1oOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC iA∥Rghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
PART 2 PRODUCTS. NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3,01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site one set ofthe following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:
1. Drawings.
2. Addenda.
3. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by 0wner.
C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
E. Record Drawings : Legibly mark each item to record actual conskuction including:
1 . Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements,
2. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,
referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.
3, Field changes of dimension and detail.
4. Details not on original Contract drawings.
3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of
Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specilic products and component parts, and data
applicable to installation, Delete inapplicable information.
C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and
systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as
maintenance drawings.
D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for
each procedure, incorporating manufacture/s instructions.
3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. For Each ltem of Equipment and Each System:
'1. Description of unit or system, and component parts.
2. ldentify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions,
3. lnclude performance curves, with engineering data and tests.
4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.
B. Where additional inskuctions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed
instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and
maintenance of the specilic products.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017800‐2Copy“ght2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
C, Operating Procedures: lnclude start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and
sequences. lnclude regulation, control, stopping, shuldown, and emergency instructions. lnclude
summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.
D. Maintenance Requirements: lnclude routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance
and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
E. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.
F. lnclude manufacturefs printed operation and maintenance instructions.
G, lnclude sequence ofoperation by controls manufacturer.
H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
l. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.
3.04 ASSEMBLYOF OPERATIONAND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owne/s personnel use, with
data ananged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections.
B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for
each system.
C. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of
described products.
D, Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
E. Binders: Commercial quality ,8-112by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic
covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, conelate data into related
consistent groupings.
F. Cover: ldentify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.
G. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
ArchitecuEngineer, Consultants,Contractorand subcontractors, with names of responsible parties.
H. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as on the
divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each
volume, with the cunent volume clearly identified.
l. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on
the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major
component pa(s of equipment.
J. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten dala on 24 pound paper.
K. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings lo
size of text pages,
PRoJECT N0. 18-172-'1179 01 7800-3 SECTION 01 7800
Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A.Obtain warranjes and bonds,executed in dup∥cate by responsible Subcontractors,supp∥ers,and
manufacturers,lArthin 10 days aler compielon ofthe app∥cable nem Of wOrk Exceptfornems put
into use wnh owners permission,leave date of beginning ofume Ofwarranw unulthe Date of
Substantial completion is delermined
B ven″that documents are m properfOm,oontan fJl hfOrmajon,and are notanzed
C Co‐execute submittals when required
D Retain warranles and bonds unl1 lme specined fOr submitaL
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017800‐4Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCl A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
sEcTtoN 01 79 00
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 GENEML
1.01 SUi'MARY
A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification sections'
B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and maintenance is required for:
1. Electrical systems and equipment.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Training Plan: Owner will designate personnel to be trained; tailor training to needs and skill-level
of attendees.
1. Submit to ArchitecUEngineer for transmiftal to Owner.
2. Submit not less than four weeks prior to sta( of training.
3. Revise and resubmit until acceptable.
4. Provide an overall schedule showing alltraining sessions
5. lnclude at least the following for each training session:
a. ldentification, date, time, and duration.
b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered.
c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications.
d. lntended audience, such as job description.
e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training.
f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands{n, etc.
g. Media to be used, such a slides, hand-outs, etc.
h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided by
Contractor.
C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees
per training session.
1. lnclude applicable portion of O&M manuals.
2. lnclude copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are not
included in O&M manuals.
3. provide one extra copy ofeach training manual to be included with operation and maintenance
data.
D. Training Reports:
1. ldentification of each training session, date, time, and duration.
2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees.
3. Liit of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to
supporting documentation required for clarification; include answers to questions that could not
be answered in original training session.
E. Video Recordings: Submit digital video recording of each demonstration and training session for
Owner's subsequent use.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017900‐1Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥RIghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 79 00
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
1. Format: DVDDisc.
2. Label each disc and container with session identification and date.
1.03 QUALITY ASSUMNCE
A. lnstructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the
relevant products and systems.
1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who
actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment.
2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary
qualifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS. NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 DEMONSTRATION.GENERAL
A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the
purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner.
B. Demonstration may be combined with Owner peEonnel training if applicable.
C, Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up,
shuhdown, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance
procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance.
'1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion.
2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other
season within six months.
D, Non-Operating Products: Demonshate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and
repair procedures.
1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion.
3.02 TRAINING - GENERAL
A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated.
B. Owner will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor.
C. Provide training in minimum two hour segments.
D. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained; re-schedule
training sessions as required by Owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure to
conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for owner to charge Contractor for
personnel "show-up" time.
E. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss:
1 . The location of the 0&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies.
2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information, system
narratives, and product specific information.
3. Typical uses ofthe O&M manuals.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017900-2
Copy19ht 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 79 00
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
F. Product- and System-Specific Training:
1. Review the applicable O&M manuals.
2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints, and
operational strateg ies.
3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal
changeover and emergency procedures, and for mainlenance, including preventative
maintenance.
4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance.
5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues
and emergency procedures.
6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions.
7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation.
8. Discuss wananties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage.
9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers.
10.Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor.
11.Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures.
G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by kaining aftendees; if unable to answer during kaining
session, provide written response within three days.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017900‐3Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 79 00
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
SECTiON 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMiNG AND ACCESSOR:ES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10NINCLUDES
A・ Forrnwork for casl‐in place concrele,wnh shO面 ng,bracing and anchorage
B Openings for other work
C Form accessones
D Form stnpping
l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A.Section 03 20 00‐Concrele Reinforcing
B Seclion 03 30 00-Casl‐in‐Place Concrete
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A,AC1117‐Standard Specinca10ns for Tolerances for Concrele Construclon and Malettalsi 2010
B.AC1 301‐Specinca10ns for Struclural Concrete1 2010(Erata 2012).
C AC1318‐Bu∥ding Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary;2014(Errata
2016)
D AC1347R―Guide to Fomnwork for Concrete:2014
E PSl‐Structural Plywood:2009
1.04 DES:GN REQUiREMENTS
A Design,engineer and constnJct formwork,shonng and bracing to conlorm to design and code
requirementsi resukant concrete lo conform to required shape,∥ne and dimendon.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A PemDrm wOrk ofthis seclon in accordance with AC1 347,AC1 301,and AC1 318
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORMWORK‐CENERAL
A.Provide concrele forms,accesso∥es,shonng,and bracing as requtted lo accomplも h castin―place
concrele work.
B Design and constructto prOvide resultant concrete that conforms to design with respectto shape,
∥nes,and dimensions.
C Chamfer outside corners of beams,loistS,COlumns,and wa∥sD.Comply with applicable Stale and local codes with respect to design,fab∥cat on,erecuon,and
removal offormwork
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 031000‐1Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES
E. Comply with relevant portions of ACI 347, ACI 301, and ACI 3'18.
2.02 WOOD FORM MATERIALS
A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor.
2.03 FORilWoRKACCESSORIES
A. Form Release Agent: Capable of releasing forms from hardened concrete without staining or
discoloring concrete or forming bugholes and other surface defects, compatible with concrete and
form materials, and not requiring removal for satisfactory bonding of coatings to be applied.
1. Composition: Colorless mineral oil-based compound.
2. Do not use materials containing diesel oil or petroleum-based compounds.
B. Filler Strips for Chamfered Cornem: Rigid plastic type; 3/4 x 3/4 inch size; maximum possible
lengths.
C. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and
character to maintain formwork in place lvhile placing concrete.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree
with drawings.
3.02 ERECTION.FORMWORK
A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with
requirements of ACI 301.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to
overstressing by construction loads.
c. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete
during stripping, Permit removal of remaining principal shores.
D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members that are not indicated on drawings,
F. Provide fillet and chamfer strips on external corners of exposed corners.
G. Coordinate this section with other sections of work that require attachment of components to
formwork.
H. lf formwork is placed after reinforcement, resulting in insufficient concrete cover over
reinforcement, request instructions from ArchitecUEngineer before proceeding
3.03 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASEAGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufactureds recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 031000‐2copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES
C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied
coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of unheated forms with clean water.
Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.
3.04 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete
work.
B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses,
sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work.
D. lnstall accessories in accordance with manufacturer's inshuctions, so they are straight, level, and
plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
E. Close temporary openings with tight fifting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly litted
so.joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
3.05 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water
and debris drain to e(erior through clean-out ports.
2. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do
not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within
heated enclosure, Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.
3.06 FORMWORKTOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 1 17, unless otherwise indicated.
3.07 FIELD QUALIW CONTROL
A. lnspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork
design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.
B. Do not reuse wood formwork more than 2 times for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do
not patch formwork.
3.08 FORM REI'OVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own
weight and imposed loads,
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete
surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
C. Store removed forms to prevent damage to form materials or to fresh concrete. Discard damaged
forms.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 031000‐3Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCl A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES
SECT!ON 03 20 00
CONCRETE RE:NFORCING
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10NINCLUDES
A Reinforcing steeifor castln‐place concrete
B Suppons and accesso面 es for steel reinforcement
l.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS
A.SecJon 03 10 00‐Concrete Forming and Accessones
B Section 03 30 00‐Castln‐Place Concrele
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A AC1301‐Spedlcalons for Structural Concretei 2010(Errata 201 2)
B.AC1 318‐Bu∥ding Code Requirements for Structural Concrele and Commentary:2014(Errata
2016)
C ACiSP-66‐ACI Deta∥ing ManuaL 2004
D ASTM A821A82M‐Standard Specnca10n for Steel Wire,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement 2007
E.ASTM A615/A615M‐Standard Specncalon for Defomed and Plain Carbon‐Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement 2016
F WWR‐500-Manual of Standard Prac∥ce;Struclural Welded Wire Reinforcement Wire
Reinforcement lnsltutei lalest edniOn
G CRSI(DA4)―Manual of Standard Praclcei 2009
H CRSl(Pl)―PlaCing Reinforcing Bars;2011
1,04 SUBMITTALS
A Shop Drawingsi Comply wnh requirements ofACi SP‐66 1nclude bar schedules,shapes of bent
bars,spacing of bars,and location of sp∥ces
l.05 QUALiTY ASSURANCE
A Pe“Drm work ofthis secuOn in accordance wlh AC1 301 and AC1 318.
B.Prepare shop drawings underthe supervblon of a quained Structural Engineer(SE)expenenced
and∥censed h dedgn of work ofthttlype and lcensed h the State m whth the Proled b bcated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 REINFORCEMENT
A Reinforcing SteeL ASTM A615/A615M,Grade 60‐60,000 psi
l. Deformed b∥lel‐steel bars
2 Uninished
PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1179 032000‐1cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC iA∥Rlghts Reserved
SECT10N 03 20 00
CONCRETE REINFORCING
B.Sted Wdded Wire Rehforcement(WWR):Pbh typQ ASTM A10641A1064M
l. Form: Flat Sheets
2,Mesh Size and Wire Gage:As indicated on drawings
C Reinforcement AcceSSo面 esI
l Tie Wire:Annealed,minimum 16 gage,0 0508 inch
2 Chairs,Bolsters,Bar Suppo由 ,Spacers:Faclory made wire bar suppons sized and shaped for
adequate suppon ofreinforcement du∥ng concrele placement
2.02 FABRiCAT10N
A Fabncate cOncrele reinforcing in accordance with CRSI(DA4)‐Manua1 0f Standard Praclice
B Welding of reinforcementis not permilled
C Locate reinforcing sp∥ces notindicated on drawings at point of minimum slress
l Review localons ofsplices wlh ArchnecvEngineer
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 PLACEMENT
A Place,suppo(and secure reinforcement against displacement Do not deviate from required
pOsniOn.Reinforc ng ipu∥―up・ du"ng placement ofconcrete not acceptable
B Accommodate placement offormed openings
C.Conform to applicable code for concrete cover over reinforcement
3.02 FIELD QUAL:TY CONTROL
A Anindependentteslng agency,as specined in section 01 40 00,w∥linspect insta∥ed
reinforcementfor conformance to contract documents before concrele placement
B ProⅥde free access to concrete operauons at prolect Sne and cOOperale面 th the appdnled lrm.
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 032000‐2Copy19ht 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥RIghts Reserved
SECT10N 03 20 00
00NCRETE REINFORCING
SECT10N 03 30 00
CAST・ !N‐PLACE CONCRETE
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10NiNCLUDES
A, Floors and slabs on grade.
B Misce∥aneous concrete elemenls,lncluding equipment pads
C Concrete cunng
l.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS
A Seclion 03 10 00‐Concrete Forming and Accessottes
B SecOon 03 20 00‐Concrete Reinforcing.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A AC1117‐Standard Specinca10ns for Tolerances for Concrete Construclon and Male面 alsi 2010
B AC12111‐Standard Prac,ce for SelecJng Propo"ions for Normal,Heaり ″eight,and Mass
Concrete:1991(Reapproved 2009)
C AC1301-Specttcalons for Structural Concrelei 2010(Erata 2012).
D.AC1 304R‐Guide for Measu∥ng,Mixing,TranspOttingl and Placing Concrete;2000
E AC1305R‐Hot VVeather Concreung;2010
F AC1306R‐Cold VVeather Concretingi 2010
G AC1308R‐Guide to Cunng cOncrele;2001(Reapproved 2008).
H.AC1 318‐Bu∥ding Code Requirements for Struclural Concrete and Commentary;2014(Errata
2016)
|・ ASTM C33ノ C33M‐Standard Specincalon fOr concrele Aggregatesi 2016
」 ASTM C94′C94M‐Standard Specincalon fOr Ready‐Mixed Concrete1 2015
K ASTM C150ノ C150M‐Standard Specinca10n fOr Pottland Cement 2016
L ASTM C171‐Standard Specincauon fOr sheet Matettals for Cu百 ng Concretei 2007
M ASTM C309‐Standard Specinca10n fOr Liquid Membrane‐Forming Compounds for Cuttng
Concrete1 201 1
N ASTM C494ノ C494M‐Standard SpecincatiOn fOr Chemical Admixlures for Concrete:2013.
O ASTM C618‐Standard Specinca10n for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natura:Pozzolan for
use in cOncrete:2015
P NSF61‐Dttnttn9 Waler System Components‐Heakh Ettcls 2014(Erata 2015).
Q NSF 372‐D∥nking Waler System Components‐Lead Conlent 2011
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 033000‐1cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 03 30 00
CAST‐lN‐PLACE CONCRETE
1.04 SuBMiTrALS
A See Seclon 01 30 00‐Administralve Requirements,for submital procedures.
3 Product Datai Subml manufacturersi data on manufactured products showing comp∥ance wnh
specned requirements and installalon instNclons
l Forcu∥ng compounds,provide data on method ofremovalin the event ofincompa∥b∥ly wnh
loor covenng adheslves
2 Anchottng epoxy and expansion anchors
C Mix DesignsI Subml 15 days pno「lo stal of work
l Submlforeach type ofconcrele specned
2. :nclude bacに up test data
3.:ndicate proposed mix design complies哺 th requirements ofAC1 301,Seclon 4‐ Concrele
Mixlures,
4.lndicate proposed mix design comp∥es wnh requirements ofACi 318,Chapler 5‐Concrete
Qua∥ly,Mixing and Placing.
1.05 QUAL!TY ASSuRANCE
A PeForrn work ofthis secOon in accordance wnh AC1 301 and AC1 318
B Fo∥ow recommendalons of AC1 305R when concrelng dunng hot weather
C Fo∥ow recommendauOns Of AC1 306R when concrelng dunng cold weather
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2,01 FORMWORK
A Comply面 th requirements of Seclon 03 10 00
2.02 RE:NFORCEMENT
A Comply輛 th requirements of Seclon 03 20 00
2.03 CONCRETE MATER:ALS
A.Cement ASTM C150,Type l‐No「mal Poniand type
l Acquire a∥ cement for enlre prolecl from same source
B.Fine and Coarse AggregalesI ASTM C 33
l Acq面 Ю al aggttgates br enlЮ prolectfrom same source
C。日y Ash:ASTM C618,Class C
D.Water Clean and not detnmentallo concrete
2.04 ADM:XTURES
A. Do not use chemicals that w∥l resultin soluble ch:oride ions in excess of O.l percent by weight of
cement.
B.High Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixlure:ASTM C494′C494M Type G
PRO」ECT N0 18-172-1179 033000‐2cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 03 30 00
CASIIN‐PLACE CONCRETE
C. High Range Water Reducing Admi(ure: ASTM C494/C494M Type F.
D. Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type E.
E. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type D.
F. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C.
G. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type B.
H. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type A.
2.05 ACCESSORYMATERIALS
A, Anchoring Epoxy: Refer to drawings. Acceptable manufacturer's include
1. Hilti: HIT-RE500-SD injection anchoring system.
2. Simpson Strong-Tie: SET-XP injection anchoring adhesive system.
3. Powers Fasteners: PE 1000+ injection adhesive anchoring system,
2.06 CURING IIATERIALS
A. Curing Compound, Naturally Dissipating: Clear, water-based, liquid membrane-forming
compound; complying with ASTM C309.
B. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete.
2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211 1 recommendations,
B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of
field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301.
'1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to ArchitecUEngineer
for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211'1 and at rates
recommended by manufacturer. Submit to Architect for review and approval.
D. Normal Weight Concrete: Type "0".
1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 39/C 39M at 28 days: 4,500
psi.
2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight.
3, Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 44 percent by weight.
4. Total Air Content: 6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C 173/C 173M.
5. Maximum Slump: 4 inches.
6. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch.
2.08 MIXING
A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 033000‐3Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,lNCt A∥R9hts Reserved
SECT10N 03 30 00
CAST‐IN‐PLACE CONCRETE
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A, Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section.
3.02 PREPAMTION
A. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent.
B. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of
form accessories.
C. ln locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert
steel dowels and secure in place using approved epoxy.
D. Set steel pipe bollards plumb.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R.
B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R.
C. Notify ArchitecUEngineer not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations.
D, Maintain records of concrete placement, Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test
samples taken.
E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, and embedded parts will not be disturbed during concrete
placement.
F. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where
construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing
laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mo(ar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water
jetting.
G. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specilied below.
3.04 SLAB JOINTING
A. Locate joint in center of long direction of the slab/pad.
B. Anchorjoint lillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement.
C. Load Transfer Construction and Contraction Joints: lnstall load kansfer devices as indicated; saw
cut joint at surface as indicated for contraction joints.
D. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut.loints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours
after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quartel
('l14) the depth ofthe slab.
E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints.
F. Do not inlerrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 033000‐4cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 03 30 00
CASIIN‐PLACE CONCRETE
G, Saw cut joints within 8-12 hours after placing. Use 3/16 inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab
thickness.
3.05 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES
A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Section 01 40 00, will inspect finished slabs for
conformance to specified tolerances.
B. Screed slabs on grade level, maintaining the following minimum F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor
Levelness values when measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155/ASTM E 1155M.
1. F(F): Specified Overall Value (SOV) of 35; Minimum Localized Value (MLV) of 24.
2. F(L): Specified Overall Value (SOV) of25; Minimum Localized Value (MLV) of 17.
C. Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified.
D. Measure F(F) and F(L) in accordance with ASTM E1 155, within 48 hours after slab installation;
report both composite overall values and local values for each measured section.
E. Correct the slab surface if composite overall value is less than specified and if local value is less
than two{hirds of specified value or less than F(F) 13/F(L) 10.
F. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring
corrective wok will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas bythe same process.
3.06 CONCRETEFINISHING
A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork.
B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip offfins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in
height.
C. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or
more in height. Provide finish as follows:
1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Wet concrete and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive, not
more than 24 hourc after form removal.
D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.'lR, and as follows:
1. Provide light broom finish on exterior flat work.
2. Provide 3/4" radiused edge on exposed slab edges, unless otherwise noted.
3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. lmmediately after placement, protect concrete from
premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period
necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Surfaces Not in Contacl with Forms:
1. lnitial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep
continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand,
waterfog spray, or saturated burlap.
a. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet.
PRoJECT NO. ',t8-172-',1179 03 30 00 - 5 sEcTloN 03 30 00
Copyright 20'18 by KLUBER, lNC,;All Rights Reserved CAST-IN-PLACE CoNCRETE
b.Saturaled Burapi saturale bu∥ap‐pdyethメ ene and phce bu∥ap‐Ыde down overloor dab
areas,lapping ends and sides:maintain ln place
2 Final Cu∥ng: Be9in alerinnial cu面 ng but before surace is dry
a Molsture‐ Retainlng Sheeti Lap strips notless than 3 inches and seal with waterprooftape
or adhedvei secure at edges
3,08 FIELD QUAL!TY 00NTROL
A.An independentteslng agency w∥l perOm leld qua1ly controllesls,as specined in seclon 01 40
00
B PЮ
'de free accessわ
concЮ わopera∥ons at prolect"e and coopemЮ 面th appohに d nrm
3.09 DEFECTiVE CONCRETE
A Defectlve Concretei Concrele not conforning to required∥nes,deta∥s,dimensions,lolerances or
speclled requirements
B.Repal「o「rep!acement of defeclive concrele w∥l be delermined by the Archilec1/Engineer.The
cost of additionallesting sha∥be bome by Contractor when defective concrele is identined
C Do notpatch,n∥,louch_up,repair,or replace exposed concrele except upon express direcuon of
Archilecぜ Engineerfor each indiudual area
3.10 PROTECTiON
A. Do not permittrafrc Over unprotected concrete loor surace unt∥fu∥y cured
3.1l SCHEDULE・ CONCRETE TYPES AND F:N:SHES
Location Mix Type Concrete Finish
A Equipment pads: Extenor D sidesi smooth form
topi non‐s∥pB Bo∥ard piers D smooth formed,troweled
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 033000‐6copynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 03 30 00
CASttIN‐PLACE CONCRETE
SECTiON 09 91 13
EXTERiOR PAINTING
PART l GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N INCLUDES
A Surace preparalon
3. Field app∥cation of paints.
C Scope:Finish exle"or suraces exposed to view,unless fu∥y faclory‐fnished and unless otherwise
indicated,including the fo∥owing:
1. Mechanicai and ElectncaL
a Atthe outdoors,paint equipment,gas piping and conduitthatis exposed to weather o「to
view,including factory‐lnished matenals
D Do Not Paint or Finish the Fo∥owing ltemsI
l llems factory‐Fnished unless other面 se indicated;matenals and products having factory‐applied
pttmers are not conddered faclory lnも hed
2 1tems indicated to receive other lnishes
3 nemsindicated lo remain unlnished
4. Fire rating labels,equipment serial number and capacly labels,and operating pans Of
equipment
5 Concealed pipes,ducts,and conduits.
1.02 RELATED REQU!REMENTS
A Section 23 11 23‐FaC∥ky Natura卜 Gas Piping.
1,03 DEFINiTiONS
A Conform to ASTM D16 forinterpretauon Oflerms used in this secuon
l.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASTM D16‐Standard Terminolo9y for Paint Related Coalngs,Matenals,and App∥calonsi 2016
B MPI(APSM)‐Master Painlers lnstlute Archilectural Painung SpecncatiOn ManuaL Current
Edlion,―paininfo com
C SSPC‐SPl―Solvent Cleaningi 201 5
D SSPC‐SP 2‐Hand Tool Cleaningi 1982(Ed 2004)
E SSPC‐SP 6-Commercial Blast Cleaningi 2007
1.05 SuBMiTTALS
A See Seclon 01 30 00-Adminbtra∥ve Requirements,for Submitai procedures
B.Product Datal Provide complele∥sl of producls to be used,wnh the fOllowing infomalon for each:
1. Manufacturers name,product name andlor catalo9 number,and general pЮ ducl cate9ory(e9
ldkyd enamel・)2 MPiproductnumber(e.g.MPIチ 47).
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 099113‐l SECT10N 09 91 13
Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved EXTER10R PAINTING
3. Cross+eference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of
each system.
4. Manufacture/s installation instructions.
C. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-'l/2 by '11 inches in size, illustrating range
of colors available for each finishing product specified.
'1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen.
2. Where sheen is not specified, discuss sheen options with ArchitecUEngineer before preparing
samples, to eliminate sheens definitely not required.
D. Manufacturer's lnstructions: lndicate special surface preparation procedures.
1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with
minimum three years documented experience.
B. Applicator Qualiflcations: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with
minimum 5 years experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
B. Container Label: lnclude manufacture/s name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand
code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and
instructions for mixing and reducing,
C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90
degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufactureds instructions.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature
ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.
B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of
substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations.
C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2,01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide paints and finishes used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no
exceptions.
2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENEML
A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field-catalyzed paint.
1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly
dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of
drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 099113-2
cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 09 91 13
EXTER10R PAINTING
2. Supply each paint material in quantity requked to complete entire project's work from a single
production run.
3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is
specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions.
2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR
A. Paint E-OP - Exterior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otheruise lndicated: lncluding fenous metal.
1. Two top coats and one coat primer.
2. TopCoat(s): E(eriorAlkyd Enamel; MPI#94.
2.04 PRIMERS
A. Primers: Provide the following unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of
top coats.
1. Anti-Conosive Alkyd Primer for Metal; MPI #79.
2.05 ACCESSORYMATERIALS
A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding
materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces.
B. Patching Material: Latex filler.
C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A, Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer.
B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition
that may potentially effect proper application.
C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and conect defects prior to application.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best
result for the substrate under the project conditions.
C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim,
escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing.
D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining oftopcoat.
E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate
and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
F. Galvanized Surfaces:
1 . Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent according to SSPC-SP 1.
2. Prepare surface according to SSPC-SP 2.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 099113‐3copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 09 91 13
EXTER10R PAINTING
G. Fenous Metal:
1 . Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1.
2. Shop-Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to
make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel
surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item.
3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using methods recommended in
writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP 6 'Commercial Blast
Cleaning'. Protect from corrosion until coated.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical
components and paint separately.
B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in
'MPl Architectural Painting Specilication Manual'.
C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is
applied.
D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance.
E. Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors: Regardless of number of coats specilied, apply additional
coats until complete hide is achieved.
F. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to
applying next coat.
G. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed
prior to finishing.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Collect waste materialthat could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and
remove daily from site.
3,05 PROTECTION
A. Protect finishes until completion of Pro.iect.
B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion.
3,06 COLOR SCHEDULE
A. Match adjacent exterior surfaces color.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 099113‐4Copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 09 91 13
EXTER10R PAINTING
SECT:ON 23 11 23
FACiLiTY NATURAL・ GAS PIPiNG
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECTiON:NCLUDES
A Pipe,pipe ntlngs,valves,and connecuons fOr natural gas piping syslems
l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A Seclion 26 32 13‐Engine Generators.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ANSIZ21 18/CSA 63‐Gas App∥ance Pressure Regulalors;2007(Reafrrmed 2012)
B ANSiZ21 80ノ CSA 6 22‐Line Pressure Regulators:201l onCluding Addendum l)
C ANSIZ223 1‐Nauonal Fuel Gas Code;2015
D ASME BPVC‐IX‐Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Seclon lX‐Welding,Brazing,and Fusing
Qualincalons:2015
E ASME B163‐Ma∥eable lron Threaded Fitlingsi Classes 1 50 and 300;2011.
F ASME B311‐Power Pipingi 2014
G.ASME B31 9‐Bu∥ding Services Piping:2014.
H.ASTM A53/A53M‐Standard Specincauon fOr Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot‐Dlpped,Zinc‐Coaled,
Welded and Seamlessi 2012
1 ASTM A2341A234M‐Standard Specincauon fOr Piping Fitings of WЮ ught Carbon Steel and A∥oy
Steelfor Moderale and High Temperature SeⅣicei 2015
J AWWA C1051A21 5‐Polyethylene Encasement for Ducule_lrOn Pipe Systems;2010
K MSSSP‐58‐Pipe Hangers and Suppols‐Matettals,Design,Manuraclure,seleclon,App∥calon,
and lnsta∥ation:2009
L MSSSP‐78‐Castlron Plug Valves,Flanged and Threaded Endsi 2011
M MSSSP‐110-Ba∥Valves Threaded,Socket‐Welding,solder」oint,Grooved and Flared Endsi
2010
1.04 QUALiTY ASSURANCE
A Pelfbrm workin accordance with app∥cable codes.
B Valves Manufacturers name and pressure raung marked on valve body
C Welding Male面 als and Procedures Conform to ASME BPVCJX and applicable stale labor
regulaOons
D Welder Qualinca10ns: cenined in accordance wnh ASME BPVC―IX
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 231123‐1Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 23 11 23
FAC LITY NATURALGAS PIPING
1.05 DELiVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A`Accept valves on sne in shipping containers ⅥЛth labe∥ng in place, lnspectfor damage
B Provide lemporary proleclve coating on castiron and sleel va!ves
C Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and nttings Maintain in place unt∥insta∥ation.
D Protecl piping systems from entry offoreign mate∥ als by lemporary cOvers,∞mpleJng seclons of
the work,and isolating pans of cOmpieted system
l.06 F:ELD CONDITiONS
A Do notinsta∥underground piping when bedding is wet orfrozen
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 NATURAL CAS PiPING,BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BU:LDING
A Sleel Pipe:ASTM A53ノ A53M,Schedule 40 black
l.Fitings:ASTM A2341A234M,wrought sleel welding type,wnh AVVWA C1051A21 5
pdyethメ enelacket OrdOuЫ e byer,hJttapped 10 m∥pdyethメ ene tape
2 」oints:ASME B31.1,welded.
2.02 NATURAL GAS P:PiNG,ABOVE GRADE
A Steel Pipe:ASTM A53/A53M,Schedule 40 black.
l Fitings:ASME B16.3,malleable iron,orASTM A234ノ A234M,wrought sleel we!ding type
2 」oints:Threaded or welded lo ASME B31 1
2.03 FLANGES,UNiONS,AND COUPL!NCS
A Unlons fo「Pipe Sizes 3 inches and under
l Ferous pipei Class 150 malleable iron threaded unions.
B Flanges for Pipe Size Overl lnch:
l Ferrous Pipei Class 150 malleable iron threaded orforged sleei s∥p‐on langesi preformed
neoprene gaskets
2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SuPPORTS
A Provide hangers and suppons that cOmply with MSS SP-58
1. lftype of hanger or suppOn fOr a paticular stualon is notindicaled,select appropnate type
using MSS SP‐58 recommendalons
2.05 CAS COCKS AND VALVES
A Gas Cock and Pressure Regulating Valves:Manufacturers name and pressure raung marked on
valve body
B Gas Cocks Uplo 21nches:150 pЫ g water orgas(WOG),bronZe bOdy,bronze tapered plug,
non‐lubricated,Telon packing,threaded ends.
C Gas Cocks Over2 1nchesl 125 psig WoG,Steel body and tapered plug,nonlubttcaled,Telon
packing,threaded ends
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 231123‐2 SECT10N 23 11 23
Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R19hts Reserved FACILITY NATURALGAS PIPING
D. Pressure Regulating Valves: Single stage, malleable iron body, conosion+esistant, pressure
regulator with atmospheric vent, elevation compensator; with threaded ends for 2 inch and smaller,
flanged ends larger than 2 inch.
1. Capacity: For inlet and outlet gas pressures, specilic gravity, and flow rate indicated.
2.06 BALLVALVES
A. Construction, 4 lnches and Smaller: MSS SP-1 10, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, bronze or ductile iron
body, chrome plated brass ball, regular port, Teflon seats and stuffing box ring, blowout proof
stem, lever handle, threaded ends with union.
2.07 PLUG VALVES
A. Construction 2-112 lnches and Larger: MSS SP-78, 175psi CWP, cast iron body and plug,
pressure lubricated, Teflon or Buna N packing, flanged or threaded ends. Provide lever operator
with set screw.
2.08 LINE PRESSURE REGULATORS AND APPLIANCE REGULATORS INDICATORS
A, Compliance Requirements:
1. Appliance Regulator: ANSI 221.18/CSA6.3.
2. Line Pressure Regulator: ANSI 221.80/CSA 6.22,
B. Materials in Contact With Gas:
1 , Housing: Aluminum, steel (free of non-ferrous metals).
2, Seals and Diaphragms: NBR-based rubber.
C. Maximum lnlet Operating Pressure: 10 psi,
1. Line Pressure Regulator: 2 Psi.
D. Output Pressure Range: I inch wc to 80 inch wc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end fenous pipe.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
3.02 INSTALLATTON
A. lnstall in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.
C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.
D. lnstall piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space.
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
F. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 1 ft of cover.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 231123‐3Copy百 ght2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 23 11 23
FACILITY NATURAし GAS PIPING
G. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies.
H. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting.
l. lnstall valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.
J. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weather proof hood.
K. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.
L. Pipe Hangers and Suppo(s:
1. lnstall in accordance with ASME 83'1,9.
2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled.
3,03 APPLICATION
A. lnstall unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus conneclions.
B. Provide plug valves in natural gas systems for shut-off service.
3.04 SERVICECONNECTIONS
A. Coordinate gas service modifications with utility company,
3,05 SCHEDULES
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:
1. Metal Piping:
a, Pipe Size: 1/2 inches to 1-114 inches:
'l) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 6.5 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inches.
b. Pipe Size: 1-112 inches to 2 inches:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch.
c. Pipe Size: 2-'112 inches to 3 inches:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 231123‐4cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 23 11 23
FACIL TY NATURALGAS PIPING
SECT:ON 26 05 00
BAS!C ELECTR!CAL REQU!REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Dra面 ngs and general provblons of Contract,including General and Supplementary Condnions
and Division 01 SpecincatiOn Seclions,apply to this Seclon
l.02 SECT10NiNCLUDES
A Basic Electrical Requirements specinca∥y applicable to Division 26 Sections,in addition lo Division
01‐General Requirements
l.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.Provide a∥matenals and laborin conformance with the fo∥owing codes and standards:
l V∥lage of Oak Brook‐Code of Ordinances
2 ANSVNFPA 70‐Nalonal Electncal cOde 2008 Edllon as adopted and Amended bythe V∥lage
of Oak Brook,∥inois.
3 1BC lnternalonal Bu∥ding Code,2009 Edlion,wnh iOcal amendmenls.
4. IECC internalonal Energy Conservalon Code,2006 Edlion wnh local amendments
5 1ntemalonal Fire COde,FIst Edlion,2003,輛 th local amendments.
6 ADA‐AG―Amencan wlh Disab∥∥ies Act―Accessib∥ly Gulde∥nes
7. ∥inoも Accessib∥ily Code,1997 Ed∥onぐ ∥inOis Adminも traJve Code,TⅢe 71,Chaplerl,
Subchapler b,Pa1 400)
8.unden″Hlers Laboralory
9 1nsta∥electncal vvOrk in accordance wlh the NECA Standard oflnstallalon
l.04 DEL:VERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A Store and protecl a∥malenals as specined underthe provisions of Section 01 60 00 and as
specined herein
B De∥ver products to the prolect prOpe∥yidentned wnh names,model numbers,types,9rades,
comp∥ance labels,and otherinformalon needed foridenllcalon.
C Ship producls lo the lob Ыte n their o百 9inal packaging Rece ve and slore products in a sunable
mannerto prevent damage or detenorauOn Keep equipment upnght at a∥lmes
D lnvestigate the spaces through which equipment must pass to reach its inal destination
Coordinate ⅥJth the manufacturerto arrange delivery at the proper stage of construction and to
proMde shipping sp∥ts where necessary
l,05 PROJECT′S:TE CONDiT10NS
A lnsla∥workin localons shOwn on Dra面 ngs,unless prevenled by Prolect condmons,Drawings
have omlted cerain branch circunry in areas for ease ofreading.A∥branch circu∥ry is to be
provlded by Contractor
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260500‐1cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
B Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Prolecl condlons,including
changes lo Work specined in Other Seclons.Obtain permission from ArchnecllEng neer before
proceeding as specined under modincatiOn procedures
l.06 MODIFiCAT!ON PROCEDURES
A. Procedures for modincatiOn of Work are specined underthe provisions of Seclon 01 20 00.
1.07 QUAL:TY ASSURANCE
A Provide Work as required for a complete and operalonal electncalinstallaJon.
B.A∥products sha∥be desttned,manufactured,and tested in accordance wnh industry standards
Standards,organiza∥ons,and ther abbrevialons as used hereater,include the fo∥o面 ng:
l Amencan National Standards lnstnute,lnc(ANSり 。
2.Amencan sOciety fOr Tesung and Matenals(ASTM)
3 National Electncal Manufacturers Associauon(NEMA)
4 Undemnters Laboratones,hc.(UL).
C.insla∥a∥Workin accordance wnh the NECA Standard oflnsta∥aJon
l.08 SuBMITTALS
A Submna∥requested nems in D市 ision 26,27&28 Seclions under provisions of Seclon 01 60 00
1.09 SUBSTITUT10NS
A Substitutions w∥l be considered only as a∥owed within the provisions of Seclion 01 60 00
1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A Cooperate and assistin the preparation of prolect record documents underthe provisions of
Sectlon 01 70 00
1.1l CONSTRUCT:ON PROCEDURES
A Construct Workin sequence Ⅵ
"th a∥
othertrades and Owners schedule as specined underthe
provisions of Secuon 01 70 00
B Prepare Work as specined underthe provisions of Section 01 70 00
C Provide cleaning as specined under provisions of SecJon 01 70 00
1.12 TRENCHING,F!LL AND COMPACT:ON
A Provide trenching,1∥and compacJon fora∥work indicated on Dra輛 ngs and specined in Division
26 seclons PerOrm wOrkin accordance with D市 ision 31 requiremenls
l.13 TEMPORARY UT:LITIES
A A「range wtth u∥∥ty company and provide temporary∥ghlng and power necessary for bu∥ding
construclion and temporary structures Perorm wOrkin accordance wth Secuon o1 50 00
requirements
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260500‐2cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.14 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND C00RDINATiON
A Proper prolect management and coordnalon b cn,cd fOr a successfJ prolect Manage and
coordinate the Work wtth a∥othertrades in accordance面 th SecJon 01 30 00 requirements.
Reliance on the Drawings and SpecncaJOns only for exacl prolect requiremenls b insufrcientfor
proper coordinauOn
PART2 PRODuCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUT10N
Not used.
END OF SECT!ON
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260500‐3Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASiC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTiON 26 05 01
MINOR ELECTR:CAL DEMOLiTiON
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT!ON:NCLUDES
A Eleclncal demollion
l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A Seclon 01 70 00-ExecuuOn and Closeout Requ rements:Addkional requirements for aneraJOns
work
l.03 SUMMARY
A.Seclion lncludes:
l Electttcal demol∥ion Remove electttcal syslems shown on drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2,01 MATER:ALS AND EQUiPMENT
A Matenals and equipmentfor patching and extending work:As specined in individual seclions
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 EXAM:NAT:ON
A.Ve"fythat abandoned wi面 ng and equipment serve only abandoned fac∥mes
B Beginning ofdemo∥tion means insta∥er accepts exisling condlions.
C.Demo∥tion Drawings are based on casual neld ObseⅣation and are intended lo idenu″the∥mls
ofthe construclon sile Remove a∥electttcal syslems in their enlrely in proper sequence wnh the
Work
3.02 PREPARAT!ON
A.Coordinate u轟 ∥ty service outages with u∥∥ty company
B Provide temporary winng and conneclons lo maintain exisling systems in service dunng
construction When work must be perbrmed On energized equipment or circuits,use personnel
experienced in such operations
C E厠 slng ElectHcal Service:Maintain exisung syslem in service unll new systemも complele and
ready for service.Disable system only to make switchovers and conneclons Obtain permission
from Owner and Archilect atleast 2 weeks in advance before pania∥y or completely disab∥ng
system,Minimize outage durauon to 8 hours Make temporary conneclons lo maintain seⅣice in
areas adiacenttO work area.
D Exislng Fire Alarm SystemI Maintain exislng system in service Disable system only to make
swnchOvers and connecJons Nou″Owner,ArchnecllEngineer and local ire seⅣice atleast 24
hours before pania∥y or completely disab∥ng syslem.Minimize outage duralon Make tempo「ary
connectlons to maintain seⅣice in areas adiacenttO Work area
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260501-1
cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 01
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLIT10N
3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling
finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit
servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are
not removed.
E. Electrical service, generator and equipment demolition: lnclude demolition of all utility services to
include gas piping, conduits, cables/wires, pads and equipment. Extend feeders intended to be
reused to new equipment or switchboards. lnclude restoration of sites and patching of holes.
F. Repair adjacent construction and linishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
G. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or provide
access panel as appropriate.
H. Relocate existing fire alarm devices affected by wall, ceiling and floor demolition.
l, Properly dispose of all ballast to approved ballast recycler. Do not land fill ballasts.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260501‐2cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 01
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLIT10N
SECT:ON 26 05 02
ELECTRICALiDENT:FICAT10N
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SUMMARY
A SeClion lncludes:
l Nameplates and labeis.
2 Wire and cabtt markers.
3.Condul markers.
4.Underground Warning Tape
l.02 QUALiTY ASSURANCE
A Confom lo the requirements of NFPA 70
B Products:Listed and c!assined by Undewv∥lers Laboratones lnc as a sunable fOr purpose
specined as shOwn.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A Name口 ales Engraved threeJayer hminaled口 asuc,Ы ack ttters on whne backgrOund
B LocationsI
l. Each electricai distribution and control equipment enclosure.
C Leter Size:
1.Use 1/8 inch leters foridenu″ing individual equipment and loads.
2 Use1/4 inch leters foridenl″ing grOuped equipment and loads
D Labeb:Embossed adheSve tape,wth 3′16 hch whle憶 ね鰺on a Ыack background.Use onwfOr
identiflcaJon ofindivldual wa∥s輌tches and receptac:es and control device stalons.
2.02 W:RE AND CABLE MARKERS
A.Manufacturers:
l Brady Mode:PCPS.
2 Pandul Model PCM
3 T&B Model WM
B.Desc∥plon Cloth type面 re markers
C LocationsI Each conductor at panelboard guters,pu∥ boxes,and each load connection
D Legend:
1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit o「feeder numberindicaled on drawings
2.03 CONDUiT MARKERS
A.Localon Fumish markers for each condun10ngerthan 6 feet
B Spacing:20 feet on center
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260502‐1Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 02
ELECTRICALIDENTIFICAT10N
C Colo「
1 480 VoL System:Orange
2 208 Volt System:Black
3 Fire Alarm System:Red.
2.04 UNDERGROUND WARNiNG TAPE
A Descr ption: 4 inch wlde plastic tape,detectable type,colored red with suitable warning legend
describing buried electrical∥nes
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 PREPARAT10N
A Degrease and ciean suraces tO receive namepiales and labels
3.02 APPLiCATiON
A lnsta∥nameplate and label parallello equipment∥nes
B Secure nameplate lo equipmentfront using screws
C Secure nameplales to nside surace Of d00r on panelboard that s recessed in inished loca“ons
D ldeni″undergrOund conduns using underground waming tape.lnsta∥one tape pertrench at 3
inches be:ow inished grade
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260502‐2Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 02
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICAT10N
SECTiON 26 05 19
CONDuCTORS AND DEViCES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SUMMARY
A Secuon includes:
l W∥ng Methods
2 Wire and CaЫe
3.Winng Devices and Wa∥Plales
4. Large Poke‐Through Fitings
5 Pushbullons
6 Molon Sensors
7. Wi"ng Conneclons
3 Cords and Caps
9 Retractable Cord and Plug Set.
10 Ce∥ing Fans
l,02 SUBMITTALS
A Submn under Provisions of Seclion 01 30 00‐Submita:s:
l Product Data: Provide data on wi「ing devlces and cover plates
l.03 QUAL:TY ASSURANCE
A Pe“)rm Work in accordance with NECA Standard oflnstallalon.
B Products:Listed and classined by Unden″
"ters Laboratoles inc as a sutable for purposespecined as shOwn.
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 W:R:NG METHODS
A A∥localonsI Bu∥ding vure in raceway
B Useno面 re sma∥erthan 12 AWG for power and∥ghung circuns,and nO smallerthan 14 AWG for
control wi百 ng
l Use 10 AWG conductorfor20 ampere,120 vo∥branch circut home runs longerthan 1 00 feet
Use minimum#10 AWG conductor輔 re in a∥the following localons:
a A∥programmable panel branch drculsぐ arger Where indicated).
b A∥emergency∥ghting and exit branch circuits.
2.02 WiRE AND CABLE
A.Manufacturers:
1 0konile.
2 Southwire
3. Collyer.
BB面 旧hg Wire:
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐1Copy∥ght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES
1. Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 6 AWG: Copper, shanded conductor,600 volt
insulation.
2. Feeders and Branch Circuits 6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation. 6
and 8 AWG, stranded conductor; smaller than 8 AWG, stranded conductor (solid for device
terminations).
3. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation.
4. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet.
5. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet.
6. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
7. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits'
C, Locations:
1. Concealed Dry lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in
raceway.
2, Exposed Dry lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in raceway.
3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in raceway.
4. Wet or Damp lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THWN insulation in raceway.
5, Exterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type XHHW insulation in raceway.
6. Underground lnstallations: Use only building wire with Type XHHW insulation in raceway,
2.03 WIRING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES
A, Single Pole Switch: Specification grade.
'1. Hubbell Model '1121.
2. P&SModel 521.
3. Leviton Model 'l '121 .
4. Color: lvory.
B. Three-way Switch: Specilicalion grade.
1. Hubbell Model 1123.
2. P&SModel 523.
3, Leviton Model '1123.
4. Color: lvory.
C. Four-way Switch: Specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model 1124.
2. P&SModel 524,
3. Leviton Model 1 124.
4. Color: lvory.
D. Single-pole Key Switch: Specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model 1'12'l-1.
2. P&SModel 521-1.
3. Leviton Model 1121-1.
E. Three-way Key Switch: Specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model 1123-1.
2. P&SModel 523-1.
3. Leviton Model 1123-1.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519-2
copynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNCI AI Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES
F. Four-way Key Switch: Specification grade,
1, Hubbell Model 1124-1.
2, P&SModel 524-1.
3. Leviton Model 1124-1.
G. Single-pole Fluorescent Dimmer Switch: Specification grade.
1. Lutron Nova Series or equal.
2. Description: Linear slide fluorescent dimmer, compatible with ballast and number of lamps,
3, Voltage: 277 volt.
4, Power Rating: Match load shown on drawings.
H. Momentary Contact (Keyed) Switch
1. Hubbell.
2. P&S.
3, Leviton Model 1257-1.
4. Color: lvory.
l. Momentary Contact Switch
1. Hubbell.
2, P&S.
3. Leviton Model 1257,
4. Color: lvory.
J, Duplex Convenience Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, specification grade.
1. Hubbell.
2. Bryant.
3. Leviton.
4. Color: lvory.
K. lsolated Ground Duplex Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, isolated ground, specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model lG-5362.
2. P&SModel 1G6300.
3. Leviton Model 5262-lG.
4, Color: Orange with delta icon.
L. GFCI Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, GFCI, specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model GF-5362.
2. Slater Model SIR-20-F.
3. Eagle Model 647.
4. Color: lvory.
M. Decorative Cover Plate:
1. Hubbell.
2. Bryant.
3. Leviton.
4. Description: lvory, metal.
N. Weatherproof die cast cover.
1. lntermatic Model WP1030MC (Two-Gang).
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐3cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES
2. Approved Equal.
O. Special Purpose Receptacles:
'1. Hubbell.
2. P&S.
3. Leviton.
4. Description: Nema configuration as shown on Drawings unless noted othenrvise.
P. Sink Top "Air" Swltch
1. Description: Air activated, counter top mounted button with air tube and dual-outlet control box
(mounted below cabinet).
2. Manufacturer:
a. ln-sink-erator 'sink top switch" type.
b. Approved equal.
3. Button finish:
a. To be selected by architect.
2.04 MOTION SENSORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Leviton
2. Hubbell
3. Approved Equal
B. Combination Wall Switch/Occupancy Sensor
1. Dual technology (passive infrared and ultrasonic), 277V sensor with 180degree field-of-view
and maximum coverage of 2400 square feet.
2. Manual push button for ON/OFF light switching.
3. Time delay settings: 30 seconds, 10, 20 or 30 minutes).
4. Adjustable lntegral blinders.
5. Sensor shall continuously monitor space to identify usage pafterns. Unit shall automatically
adjust time delay and sensitivity settings for optimal performance and energy efficiency.
C. Ceiling Mounted.
1 , Dual technology (passive infrared and ultrasonic), 24VDC sensor with unobtrusive appearance
and 360 degrees of coverage.
a. Provide type/quantity of motion sensors to meet square foot coverage requirements.
2. Provide power pack for 24VDC controls and switching o11201277Y cicuils. Minimum quantity
of sensors per power pack: 2.
3. Sensor shall continuously monitor space to identify usage patterns. Unit shall automatically
adjust time delay and sensitivity seftings for optimal performance and energy efficiency.
4. Time delay seftings: Auto, fixed (5,10,15,200r30 minutes).
5. Sensitivity settings: Auto, reduced sensitivity (passive infrared) variable (ultrasonic).
6. ('l)N/0 and (1)N/C output.
2.05 PUSHBUTTONS
A. Manufacturers:
1. General Electric C-2000 Series or equal.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519-4
Copy∥ght 2018 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEViCES
B. Description: NEMA ICS-2, 600 volt ac maximum, 10 amperes ac continuous.
1 . Emergency Electric Shut Off: Two position maintained push-pull 40mm, round plastic red color
in NEMA 1 enclosure.
a. Cover Plate: Emergency Stop cover plate, brushed chrome.
b. Label: Gas Shut Off.
c. Contacts: One normally closed contact, one normally open contact.
2. Laboratory General Exhaust Switch: Multi-function on-off NEMA 1 enclosure, gang with
emergency electric shut off pushbutton.
a. Cover Plate: Room Exhaust cover plate.
b. Label: On/Off.
2.06 LARGE POKE.THROUGH FITTINGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Wiremold Evolution 64T Series.
2. Approved Equal.
B. Description: Recessed mounted Pokeihru with devices as noted on drawings. Provide top guard
protection. Poke thru's shall be fire rated.
1. Provide fire stopping as required,
2. Core holes in floor as required. Poke-thru's shall be spaced to maintain structural integrity of
the floor.
2.07 WIRINGCONNECTIONS:
A. Make permanent splice connections to achieve no measurable temperature rise:
1. Wire size up to #6 AWG: Spring wire cap.
2. Over #6 AWG: Crimp type Compression connector. Rubber under wrap with insulated plastic
tape over wrap.
B. Make terminations to achieve no measurable temperature rise:
1. Wire size up to #6 AWG: Set screw type compression terminal lug.
2. Wire size over #6 AWG: Crimp type compression connector to spade lug.
2.08 CORDSANDCAPS
A. Manufacturers:
I . Carol.
2. Substitutions: Or Equal.
B. Attachment Plug Construction: Conform to NEMA WD 1 .
C. Configuration: NElr4A WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment.
D. Cord Construction: ANSI/NFPA 70, Type S0 multiconductor flexible cord with identified
equipment grounding conductor.
E. Cord Construction: ASTM B-8 or B-174, annealed stranded bare copper with PVC insulation and
jacket. Resistant to oils, lubricants, water, acids alkalies, ozone or abrasion.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐5Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥ Rghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEViCES
F Sizei Sunable fOr connecled load ofequipment,length of cord,and raung Of branch circul
oveに urrent protedbn 13 conductor#12 uness OtheMise notedぅ
G Accessones:strain‐rellefat cap and lunc00n box.
H Accesso"es:Provide cord gnp nexttO ce∥ngiunc10n bOxto suppon cord MOunt cord gnp to
structure.
2.09 RETRACTABLE CORD AND PLUG SET
A Manufacturers:
l Appleton
2. VVoodhead
B DescHplonI Steelsp輌 ng d∥ven,seliretracung cord and plug set.
1.Cord:Thiny‐輌ve(351)foot#12′3 SO Cord
2 PlugINema 5‐20R,with strain relief
3 SuppOn: Fixed,structural suppon
4 Accesso面 es AdlustaЫ e ЮtnevJ btt sbp,httrmedね ねcord hanger
2.10 CE:L:NG FANS
A Manufacturer
l. Q‐MARK
a #5630‐lRDP.
2 Subsltution:Or Approved Equal
B Descnp10ni
l Heavy‐Duty/High Perormance lndustrla1 56"reversible va∥able speed ce∥ing fan
C Molor Fraclional horsepower,direct d面 ve,18-pOle permanent spln capaclOr molor、Ⅵth
permanently lubricated ba∥bearings and bu∥l‐in therrnal ovedoad protectlon.
D Speed ControL MuⅢ―fan so“d stale speed contro∥er.
l Q‐Mark#12006 or equal
E Reverse Swnch:
l DPDT swnch
2 See winng diagram on details sheet.
F Finishi White epOxy enameL
G Mounlng Surace,roof truss.
H Voltagel 120 von
l. Accessory:Fan Guard(Maney#2800‐l or 2800-2),SecOndary suppOtt chain
2.1l CEILiNG FANS
A Manufacturer
l Q‐MARK
a #36201
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐6Copy百 ght2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES
2. Substitution: OrApproved Equal.
B. Description:
1. Heavy-Duty/High Performance lndustrial 36" reversible variable speed ceiling fan.
C. Motor: Fractional horsepower, direct drive, 18-pole permanent split capacitor motor with
permanently lubricated ball bearings and built-in thermal overload protection,
D. Speed Control: Multi-fan solid state speed controller.
1. Q-Mark#12006 orequal.
E. Reverse Switch:
1. D.P.D.T. switch.
2. See wiring diagram on details sheet,
F. Finish: White epoxy enamel.
G. Mounting: Surface, roof truss.
H. Voltage: 120 volt.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Verify that interior of building is physically protected from weather.
B. Verify that mechanical work wttich is likely to injure conductors has been completed.
C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors,
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Neatly hain and secure wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards,
B. Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires.
C. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions.
1. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned.
2. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing
and lengths required.
D. Pull all conductoB into raceway al same time.
E. Protect exposed cable from damage.
F, Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards.
G. Support cables above accessible ceilings to keep them from resting on ceiling tiles.
H. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductorc without perceptible
temperature rise.
l. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape
uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of
conductor.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐7CopyHght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES
J. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape.
K, Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers.
L. lnstall wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1. lnstallwall switches at height shown on drawings, OFF position dowtl.
2. lnstall convenience receptacles at height shown on drawings grounding pole on bottom.
3, lnstall specific purpose receptacles at heights shown on Drawings.
M. lnstall wall plates flush and level.
1. lnstall decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.
2. lnstall galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above
accessible ceilings, and on surface-mounted outlets.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐8cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 19
CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES
SECT:ON 26 05 29
SUPPORTiNG DEVICES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SUMMARY
A,Section lncludes:
l Conduit and equipment suppons
2 Anchors and fasteners
l.02 REFERENCES
A. NECA‐Nalonal Contractors Associalon.
B ANSν NFPA 70‐National ElectHcal Code
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT REQU:REMENTS
A Materials and FinishesI Provide adequate corosion resistance
B.Provide matenals,sizes,and types of anchors,fasteners and supports to carry the loads of
equipment and conduit Consider weight of wire in condun when selecling products.
C Anchors and Fasleners:
1. Concrete Structural Elements: Use expanslon anchors,
2 Steel Struclural Elements:use beam clamps
3 Concrete Suraces: use self‐dn∥ng anchors and expansion anchors.
4.Ho∥ow Masonry,Plaster,and Gypsum Board Patilons:Use toggle bols.
5. So“d Masonry Wa∥ sI Use expansion anchors and presetinsens.
6 Sheet Metal use sheet metalscrews
7 Wood Elements: Use wood screws.
2.02 RACK CONSTRUCTiON
A Manufacturers:
l UniStrut
2. 3‐Line.
3. Caddy
B DescHplon:
1. Rack: 42 gauge galvanized sleeL 1 5/8・ BY 1 5/8・ fu∥1 9reen inish
2 Sp面 ng Steel ClpsI Sp面 ng orlw∥lype.
3 Pipe Clampi Condun clamp,match面 th rack
4 Threaded rod and hardware: Plaled lnish,size and length as required forloading and
condltions.
2,03 CONDU!T HANGERS
A ManufacturersI
l Minerra∥ac Electnc cOmpany
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260529‐1Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 29
SUPPORTING DEVICES
2. Substitutions: 0r Approved Equal.
B. Description:
1. Standard conduit hanger, zinc-plated steelwith bolts.
2. Threaded rod and hardware: Plated finish, size and length as required for loading and
conditions.
2.04 BEAMCLAMPS
A, Manufacturers:
1. Appleton.
2. Midwest.
3. Raco.
B. Description: Malleable beam clamp, zinc plated steel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA'Standard of lnstallation".
C. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit.
D. Do not use powder-actuated anchors.
E. Do not drill or cut structural members.
F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon
head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock
washers under all nuts.
G. lnstall surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
H. ln wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards one inch
off wall,
l. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in
hollow partitions.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260529‐2CopyHght 2018 by KLUBER,INC I Al R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 29
SUPPORTING DEVICES
SECT!ON 26 05 35
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SUMMARY
A Secuonlncludes:
1.Raceway Requirements
2 Meta∥ic Condun and Fitings.
3 Nonmetal∥c Tubing
4 Electncal BOxes
5 Direclional Bo面 ng
6 Pedesta:Enclosure
7 Electttcal Floor Boxes
8. Muti‐Service Steel Recessed Floo「Box
9. Electncal Ce∥ing Boxes
10 PenetraOon Sealants
ll surace Meta∥c Raceway.
12.Low Prolle Surace Meta∥ic Raceway
13 Surace Nonmeta∥ic Raceway
14 Pop_open Enclosure
15 Hand Ho:es`
16 Wireway
l.02 REFERENCES
A Amencan Nalonal Standards lnstlute(ANSり
1. ANSi C80 1‐Specinca10n for Rigid Sleel Condun,zinc―Coated
2 ANSIC803-SpecincauOn fOr Elecl面 cal Meta∥ic Tubing,Zinc‐Coaled.
B ANSIノ NEMA FB l‐Fittings,Cast Metal Boxes,and Condull Bodies for Condul and Cable
Assemb∥es.
C.NECA lStandard oflnsta∥ation・
D Undew、口lers Laboralory Fire Resistance Direclory
l.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. lnsta∥a∥racewaysin accordance wnh app∥cable bunding codes and NECA・ Standard of
lnsta∥ation.・
1.04 SUBMiTTALS
A Shop Drawingsi Submlintended roulng Ofa∥conduls exposed in rooms or under slab.Due to
the exposed nature ofthis Work,careful la■out procedures are necessary to provide an
acceptable aesthetic appearance and to avoid crossing Of conduils
B Submit Under Provisions of Section 01 78 00‐Contracl Closeouti
l Prolect Record Documents
a AccuratdyrecordactuJbcalonsandmoununghethtSOfOu∥et,pdl,and lunction boxes
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260535‐l SECT10N 26 05 35
Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights ReServed RACEVVAYS AND 30XES
b. Accurately record re-arrangement of panel schedule at panelboards.
c. Accurately record within a tolerance of 6 inches the location of all conduits greater than 3/4"
trade size, all conduit homeruns, all underground and all in-slab conduits.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that fleld measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.
C. Conduit routing is shovwr on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as
required to complete wiring system.
D. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. lnstall at
locations required for box to serve intended purpose. lnclude in base bid, installation within 10
feet of location shown.
1.06 TRENCHING, FILL AND COMPACTION
A. Provide trenching, fill and compaction for all work indicated on Drawings and specified in Division
26 sections.
B. Delegated Engineering Responsibility: The Contractor shall employ experienced horizontal
directional drilling personnel familiar with local conditions and Commonl'ealth Edison Company
requirements. Contractor shall be responsible for selection of drilling equipment, drilling fluids,
drilling operations, location and tacking instrumentation, ream and pull back procedures.
1.07 TEMPORARYUTILITIES
A. Anange with utility company and provide temporary lighting and power necessary for building
continued operations and construction use.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2,01 RACEWAYREQUIREMENTS
A. Use only specified raceway in the following locations:
1. Branch Circuits and Feeders:
a. Concealed Dry lnterior Locations: Elechical metallic tubing.
b. Exposed Dry lnterior Finished Locations: Eleckical metallic tubing.
c, Exposed Dry lnterior Unfinished Locations: Electrical metallic tubing.
d. UtilityPrimaryand Site Lighting: Sch 40 PVC, concrete encased under road ways and
parking lots.
1) Transition to galvanized rigid metallic conduit at transformer pad and utility pole
locations.
2) Conduit Fittings: NEMA TC 9
3) Product: As approved by Utility Company (Commonwealth Edison Company).
e. All other locations: Galvanized Rigid Metallic Conduit.
B. Size raceways for conductor type installed.
1. Minimum Size Conduit Homerun to Panelboard: 3/4-inch.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260535‐2cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 35
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
2.02 METALL!C CONDUIT AND F:TTINeS
A.Condull
l Rigid steel Condun:ANSI C80 1
2 E!ectttcal meta∥ic tubing:ANSI C80.3.
3 Flexible Condul: UL l,zinc‐coated sleeL
a Liquid∥ght Flexible Conduni UL360, Fillings sha∥be specincally approved for use wnh this
raceway.
B.Condul Fitings:
1, Metal Filllngs and ConduI BodiesI NEMA FB l
a EMT lllingsI Use set‐screw indenlo「type nttings.
2.03 NONMETALL:C TUB!NG
A Manufacturers:
1. Ca∥on Co.
2. LCP National Plasucs,lnc
3 Pacinc vvestern Exlruded Plaslcs Co
B Desclplon: UL651A・ Type EB and A PVC Condun and HDPE Condul・
l Condut Schedule 40 Sunable fOrexposure to sun∥ght and direct bunal.
2.04 ELECTR:CAL BOXES
A Manufaclurers:
l Raco
2 Steel Cly
3 Appleton,
4 SubsututiOns: Or Approved EquaL
B.Sheet Meta1 0uJet BoxesI ANSVNEMA OS l,9alvanized steeL Sunable fOr installation in
masonry:
C,Equipment Support Boxes: Raled for weight of equipment supponediinciude 2 inch male lxture
studs where required.
D WetLocauon ou∥et Boxes Castalumhumi Casl dby,deep type,gasket cover,threaded hubs.
2.05 POP・ OPEN ENCLOSURE
A,Manufacturers:
1. FSR
2 Hubbe∥
3 Wiremdd
B Desc"plon
l Recessed table top enclosure with pop‐open cover.
2 (1)Double duplex receptacle.
3. Up lo 8 Communicalons devices
4 Can beinsta∥ed in any table surace輛 th thickness ranging from 75・ to 2 751
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260535‐3Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,NC A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 35
RACEVVAYS AND BOXES
C. Cover:
1. Flush type.
2. Color as selected by Architect,
2.06 PEDESTALENCLOSURE
A, Manufacturers:
'1. Hubbell.
2. Wiremold.
3, Approved Equal.
B. Description:
1. Above Counter service pedestal.
2. Metallic with aluminum frame and brushed aluminum housing.
3. Up to either (2) duplex receptacles (one on each side of pedestal), (2) GFCI duplex receptacles
(one on each side of pedestal) or (8) communications devices (four on each side of pedestal).
4. Bottom ofenclosure shall be mounted to counter (stem mounting not acceptable).
C. Cover:
1. Siainless steel.
2.07 ELECTRICAL FLOOR BOXES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hubbell.
2. Appleton.
3, Walker.
B. Concrete floor slab: Fully adjustable, stamped steel, 3" deep, two compartment (power/data),
recessed flip top cover service box style floor box.
C. Provide surface mounted ("dog house" type) service fittings where called out on drawings.
1. Service fitting shall:
a, accept up to (2) 1" locking nipples.
b. have interchangeable faceplates.
D. Cafeteria: Fully adjustable, cast iron, 4" deep, brass screw covers with threaded brass protective
rings for plugs (mechanical/wet mop protection).
2.08 MULTI.SERVICE STEEL RECESSED FLOOR BOXES
A. Manufacturers
1. Hubbell Wiring Devices - Kellems - www,hubbell-wiring.com
2. Thomas & Befts Corporation - www.tnb.com
3. The Wiremold Company - www,wiremold.com
B. Description:
1. Recessed type.
2. Provide capacity of up to six duplex receptacles and/or communication services.
3. Fully adjustable before concrete pour.
4. Openings for up to (4) 1'conduits and (4) 3/4" conduits
PROJECT NO. 18-172-1179 26 05 35 - 4 sEcTloN 26 05 35
Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved MCEWAYS AND BOXES
C. Flush Cover and Flange Assembly:
1, Steel Cover with Carpet Flange Assembly.
2. Cover shall provide protection from water, dirt and debris.
3. Cover shall close completely when plugs are connected into receptacles and/or
communications jacks.
D. Backbox dimensions (minimum).
'1. 10'Length x 10" Width x 3"Depth.
2.09 ELECTRICAL CEILING BOXES.
A. Manufacturers:
1 . Panduit.
2. Leviton.
3. Walker.
B. Description: Two gang, separated power/data surface metallic box, Combination duplex
receptacle with two port data faceplate, compatible with data jacks. lvory.
2.10 PENETRATION SEALANTS
A. Fire+ated assemblies: Provide firestopping of all penetrations made by Work under this Contract in
accordance with provisions of Section 07 84 00 requirements.
B. Thermal and Moisture Protection: Provide thermal and moisture protection made by Work under
this Contract of all exterior wall, floor and roof penetrations in accordance with Division 7
requirements.
2.11 TWO CELL SURFACE iIETALLIC RACEWAY
A. Manufacturer:
1. Wiremold G-4000 Series or equal.
B. Description: UL-s,4-314 inches wide by 1-3/4 inches height, two channel galvanized steel,
combination power/data.
C. Finish: Painted, ANSI 61 Gray.
D. Accessories: Transition littings, divider plates, device mounting straps, couplings, combination
power/data cover plates, end plates and all other accessories necessary for a complete system in
locations indicated on Drawings.
2.12 TWO CELL LOW PROFILE SURFACE METALLIC MCEWAY
A. Manufacturer:
1. Wiremold 2400 Series or equal.
B. Description: UL-S, 2 inches wide by 1 inch height, two channel galvanized steel, combination
power/data.
C. Finish: Painted, ANSI 61 Color Selected by architect.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260535-5
Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 35
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
D. Accessories: Transition fittings, divider plates, device mounting straps, couplings, combination
power/data cover plates, end plates and all other accessories necessary for a complete system in
locations indicated on Drawings.
2,13 TWO CELL SURFACE NON.METALLIC RACEWAY
A. Manufacturer:
'1. Wiremold 5400 Series or equal.
B. Description: UL-SA, 5-'l/4 inches wide by 1-3/4 inches height, two channel with individual (twin
snap) compartment covers, combination power/data.
C. Finish: White.
D. Accessories: Transition fittings, divider plates, device mounting straps, couplings, combination
power/data cover plates, end plates and all other accessories necessary for a complete system in
locations indicated on Drawings.
2.14 POP.OPEN ENCLOSURE
A. Manufacturers
1. FSR #T3U-3R - fsrinc.com
2. No Substitutions.
B, Description
1. Recessed table top enclosure Wth pop{pen cover.
2. Provide double duplex receptacle.
3. Provide space for data jack where required,
C. Flush Cover:
'1. Finish to be selected by Architect.
2.15 HAND HOLES
A. Manufacturers:
1 . Quazite.
2. Approved Equal
B. Description: Precast polymer concrete or precast concrete, Non-conductive, non-flammable with
open bottom. Flanged, non-conductive, gasketed cover enclosure with stainless-steel cover
screws.
1. Load Rating: UL listed Tier22 as suitable for driveway, parking lot and off+oadway applications
subject to occasional non-deliberate heavy vehicular traffic.
2. Cover inscribed with or "ELECTRIC" or other suitable description.
2.16 WTREWAY
A. Manufacturers:
1 . Hoffman.
2. Cooper lndustries.
3. Approved Equal.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 260535‐6Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,lNCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 35
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
B. Description:
1. NEMAType 1 Lay-ln Galvanized Wireway, U1 870. Flat cover design. Size asshown on
drawings.
2. Provide hinged covers where noted on drawings.
3. Provide all elbows, tee's, covers and fittings as required
C. Finish:
'1. To be selected by ArchitecUEngineer.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Verify that interior of building is physically protected from weather.
B. Verify that mechanical work which is likely to iniure conductors has been completed.
C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.
D. Verify that supporting surfaces are ready to receive work.
E. Electrical boxes are showtt on Drawings, in approximate locations, unless dimensioned.
1. 0btain verification from ArchitecVEngineer for locations of outlets throughout prior to rough-in.
F. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive wire markers.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A, Anange conduit to maintain headroom and to present neat appearance.
1. Route raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping.
2. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance to piping and 12 inch clearance to heat surfaces such as
flues and heating appliances.
3. Maintain required fire, acoustic, and vapor banier rating when penetrating walls, floors, and
ceilings.
4. Use conduit hangers and clamps; do not fasten with wire or perforated pipe straps.
5. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction.
6. Terminate conduit stubs with insulated bushings.
7. Use suitable caps to protect installed raceway against entrance of dirt and moisture.
8. lnstall expansion joints where raceway crosses building expansion joints.
B. lnstall electrical boxes as shown on the drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
equipment connections and regulatory requirements.
'1. Locate and install electrical boxes to allow access. Provide access panels if required.
2. Locate and install electrical boxes to maintain headroom and to present neat mechanical
appearance.
3. lnstall pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas.
4. Provide knockout closures for unused openings.
5. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets above counters, benches, backsplashes
and furniture.
C. Use recessed outlet boxes in finished areas and where indicated.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260535‐7Copy百 ght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥ R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 35
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
1 , Secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface
finish thickness.
2. Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall, and adjustable steel
channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes.
3. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to
achieve neat openings for boxes,
4. Do not install boxes backto-back in walls; provide 6 inches separation, minimum; except
provide 24 inches separation, minimum in acoustic+ated walls.
5. Do not damage insulation,
D. lnstall conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of walls, floots, partitions and other elements, using
materials and methods recognized by Undenrrrriters Laboratory Fire Resistance Directory.
E. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of lnstallation".
F. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit'
G. Do not use powder-actuated anchors.
H. Cut or core structural members and thermal and moisture barriers only upon receiving permission
from Architect. Each Contractor shall be responsible for making necessary penetrations for the
completion of it's Work.
l. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon
head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock
washers under all nuts.
J. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in
hollow partitions.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260535‐8Copy百 9ht2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 35
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
SECT:ON 26 21 00
LOW・ VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N!NCLUDES
A Elect面 cal service requirements The design intentis to conso∥dale service points from lwo
services to one service Thも Proled dso ndudes rebcalon ofseⅣice equ"ment atthe
designaled seⅣice iocalon
l Ul∥ty Col The Ul∥ly Company may,at ls dtcrelon,replace the pad‐mount transforner
designated to remain Contractorlo subm忙 load leter based upon Drawings and Specincalons
and make arrangements wnh U」∥ty CO
l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A Seclion 26 05 19‐Conduclors and Devices
B. Seclon 26 05 29‐Supponing Devices
C Section 26 05 35-Raceway and Boxes
D Seclion 26 24 13‐Service and Dist∥bulon
E Seclon 26 05 29‐Hangers and Suppott fOr Electncal syslems
F SeCtion 31 23 16 13‐Trenching: Excavalng,bedding,and backl∥ing
l.03 DEFINIT:ONS
A Service Point The point of conneclon belween the fac∥nies ofthe serving ul∥ty and the premises
wi百 ng as deinedin NFPA 70,and as designated by the Ul1ly Company
l.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A IEEE C2‐Na」 onal Elect面 cal Safety Code;2012.
B NECAl‐Standard for Good Workmanship in Electncal cOnslruclon;2010
C NFPA70-Nauonal Elect"cal Codel Most Recent EdIlon Adopted by Authonly Having」unsdicuOn,
lncluding A∥App∥cable Amendmenls and Supplements
l,05 ADM!N:STRAT:VE REQU!REMENTS
A No lalerthan two weeks folowing date ofthe Agreement,nou″U∥lity Company of anticipated
date of service.
B Coordina」on:
l Ve"″the fo∥o輛ng wnh U∥ty Company representative:
a.Ul∥ty COmpany requirements,including di」Ыon of responsib∥ity
b Exactlocation and deta∥s of ut∥ity poinl of connection
c. UJ∥ty easement requirements
d Ut∥ity Company charges associated with providing service
2. Coordinate the work with othertrades to avoid placement of other ut∥ities or obstruclions within
the spaces dedicaled for electrical seⅣice and associaled equipment
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262100‐l SECT10N 26 21 00
Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE
3. Coordinate arrangement of service entrance equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
4. Notify ArchitecUEngineer of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
C. Anange for Utility Company to provide permanent electrical service. Prepare and submit
documentation required by Utility Company.
D. Utility Company charges associated with providing permanent service to be paid by Owner.
E. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section to review
service requirements and details with Utility Company representative.
F. Scheduling:
1 . Where work of this section involves interruption of existing electrical service, anange service
interruption with Ovmer.
2. Arrange for inspections necessary to obtain Utility Company approval of installation.
1,06 SUBMITTALS
A, See Section 0'l 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Utility Company letter of availability for providing electrical service to project.
C. Shop Drawings: lnclude dimensioned plan views and sections indicating locations and
arrangement of Utility Company and service enkance equipment, metering provisions, required
clearances, and proposed service routing.
1. Obtain Utility company approval of shop drawings prior to submiftal.
D. Drawings prepared by Utility Company.
1.07 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following:
1. IEEE C2 (National Electrical Safety Code).
2. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code).
3. The requirements of the Utility Company.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ELECTRICALSERVICEREQUIREMENTS
A. Provide new electrical service consisting of all required conduits, conductors, equipment, metering
provisions, suppo(s, accessories, etc. as necessary for connection between Utility Company point
of supply and service entrance equipment.
B. Electrical Service Characteristics: As indicated on drawings.
C. Division of Responsibility:
1. Pad-Mounted Utility Transformers:
a. Transformer Pads: Reuse existing pad..
b. Transformers: Furnished and installed by Utility Company.
c. Transformer Grounding Provisions: Reuse existing grounding at pad..
PRoJECT NO. 18-172-1179 262100-2 SECT|0N2621 00
Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved LoW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTMNCE
d. Primary:
1) Trenching and Backfilling: Provided by Conhactor.
2) Conduits: Furnished and installed by Contractor.
3) Conductors: Furnished and installed by Utility Company.
e. Secondary:
1) Trenching and Backfilling: Provided by Contractor.
2) Conduits: Furnished and installed by Contractor.
3) Conductors: Furnished and installed by Contractor (Service Point at transformer).
2. Terminations at Service Point: Provided by Utility Company.
3. MeteringProvisions:
a, Meter Bases: Fumished and installed by Contractor per Utility Company requirements.
b. Metering Transformer Cabinets: Fumished and installed by Conkactor per Utility Company
requirements.
c. Metering Transformers: Furnished and installed by Utility Company.
d. Conduits Betlt/een Metering Transformers and Meters: Furnished and installed by
Contractor per Utility Company requirements,
e. Wiring Between Metering Transformers and Meters: Furnished and installed by Utility
Company,
D. Products Furnished by Conhactor: Comply with Utility Company requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that fleld measurements are as shown on drawings.
B. Verify that ratings and configurations of service entrance equipment are consistent with the
indicated requirements.
C. Verity that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 PREPARATION
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and Utility Company requirements,
B. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1 .
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access.
D. Provide required trenching and backfilling in accordance with Section 31 23 16.13.
E. Provide directional boring of utility conduits in accordance with Section 26 05 35.
F. Provide required support and attachment components in accordance with section 26 05 29.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262100‐3 SECT10N 26 21 00
Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt AI RIghts Reserved LOVV VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE
sEcTtoN 26 24 13
SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section lncludes:
1. Distribution Switchboards.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electric Service System: Existing multiple point (two) service entrance locations (modified).
120/208 volts, three phase, four wire, 60 Hz wye. Underground service with secondary metering.
B. Grounding Electrode System:
1. Metal underground water pipe.
2. Rod electrode.
3. Metal frame of building.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Under Provisions of Division 0'1 - Submittals:
'1. Shop Drawings: lndicate relevant information on panelboards, switchboards, custom sections
and devices.
2. Product Data: Provide data on enclosed switches and circuit breakers, fuses and panelboard
circuit breakers.
a. For circuit breakers feeding transformers, provide circuit breaker time-current curves
overlayed with transformer inrush, FLA and primary/secondary thermal limit curves.
3. Test Reports: Submit for field inspection and testing. lnclude description of procedures,
duration, instruments used, and test values obtained. Present information in table comparing
acceptable values to actual values:
a. lndicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each elechode.
b. lndicate final phase balance values for all panelboards, including neutral,
4. 0perating and Maintenance lnstructions:
a. Panelboard: SubmitNEMAPB 2.1.
B. Submit Under Provisions of Section 01 78 00 - Contract Closeout:
1 . Test Reports: Submit for field inspection and testing. lnclude description of procedures,
duration, instruments used, and test values obtained. Present information in table comparing
acceptable values to actual values.
a. lndicate overall resistance to ground and resistance ofeach electrode.
b. lndicate final phase balance values for all panelboards, including neutral.
2. Operating and Maintenance lnstructions:
a. Panelboard: Submit NEMA PB 2.1.
3. Project Record Documents:
a. Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes.
b. Record actual locations of Panelboards, indicate actual branch circuit anangement.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262413‐1Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 24 13
SERVICE AND DISTRIBUT10N
1.04 QUALITYASSUMNCE
A. Ground System Resistance: 5 ohms,
B. Phase balance per panelboard: 10 percent.
C. All panelboards shall be of same manufacturer for ease of future maintenance.
I.O5 REFERENCES
A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) "Standard of lnstallation."
B. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards.
C. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches.
D. NEMA PB 1.1 - lnstructions for Safe lnstallation, operation and Maintenance of Panelboards
Rated 600 Volts or Less.
1,06 EQUIPIIIENT PADS
A. Electrical Equipment Pads: Equipment pads shall be provided for all free standing equipment. The
Electrical Contractor shall coordinate each pad requirement including dimensions, leave-out and
sleeve requirements,
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Square D,
2. General Elechic,
3. Siemens.
4. Substitutions: 0r Approved Equal.
B. Main Service Entrance Switchboard 'MDP' Description: NEMA PB-2, U1891, group mounted,
class 1, front accessible, NEMA 4 enclosure, service entrance rated, free standing enclosure.
Refer to panel schedule and Drawings for further information.
1. Current Transformer Cabinet:
a. Utility: Commonwealth Edison Co. approved, with NEMA 4 CECHA approved meter lltting
and control wiring. Suitable for current transformers as indicated on Drawings. Locate
meter fitting on front of section enclosure.
2. Accessibility: Front and rear accessible.
C. Bussing: Shall be copper (all phases, neutral and ground).
D. Bus Connections: Bolted, accessible from front for maintenance.
E. Ground Bus: Exlend length of switchboard.
F. Breakers: Provide fixed thermal magnetic trip molded case breakers as indicated on Drawings.
G. Concrete Curb: Provide concrete curb for free standing equipment,
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262413‐2Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 24 13
SERVICE AND DISTRIBUT10N
2.02 DISTRIBUTIONPANELBOARDS
A. Manufacturers:
'1. Square D.
2. General Electric.
3. Siemens.
4. Substitutions: Or Approved Equal.
B. Distribution Panelboard Description: NEMA PB-2, free standing, front accessible, ampere and
voltage ratings as noted, NEMA 4 enclosure. Refer to panel schedule and Drawings for further
information.
1. Distribution Panelboards shall be a minimum of 30' wide.
C. Breakers: Provide llxed thermal magnetic trip molded case breakers branch devices as indicated
on Drawings and scheduled at the end Section.
D. Bussing: Shall be copper (all phases, neutral and ground).
E. Concrete Curb: Provide concrete curb for free standing equipment.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPAMTION
A. Make anangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the Project.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall service in accordance with Utility instructions,
1 . Underground: lnstall service lateral conductors and conduit from Utility's pad-mount
transformer to building service entrance equipment. The Utility Co. will connect the secondary
(service lateral) conductors to the hansformer secondary lugs.
2. Trench and backfill as necessary for installation of conduits.
B. lnstall equipment in accordance with manufacture/s instructions.
C. Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fused switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size
installed.
D. Provide grounding and bonding to NFPA 70. Provide maintenance grounding conductor jumper at
water service.
1. Supplementary Grounding Electrode: Use driven ground rod @ switchboard.
2. Provide grounding and bonding at main switchboard, all separately derived systems and
generator frame. Utilize building structure and water service as grounding electrodes.
E. lnstall panelboards to NEMA PB 1.1.
F. Provide typed or neatly handwriften circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise
directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads.
G. Provide engraved plastic nameplates.
PROJECT N0 18・ 172‐1179 262413‐3Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,lNCt All Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 24 13
SERVICE AND DISTRIBUT10N
H. Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling.
ldentify each as SPARE.
l. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; reanange circuits in the
panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper
phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.
J. Service equipment must be legibly field-marked with the maximum available fault cunent, including
the date the fault cunent calculation was performed and be of sufficient durability to withstand the
envkonment involved.
K. Field mark electrlcal equipment to warn qualified pemons on the danger of electric arc flash. The
field-marking must be clearly visible to qualified persons before they inspect or wok on the
equipment.
3,03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. lnspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper
installation.
B. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient
ground reference point by passing minimum cunent of '10 amperes DC and measuring voltage
drop. Maximum resistance: 5 ohms.
C. Measure primary and secondary transformer voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments.
3,04 CLEANING
A. Clean equipment finishes to remove paint and concrete splatters.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262413‐4Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,lNCIA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 24 13
SERViCE AND DISTRIBUT10N
SECT!ON 26 3213
ENGINE GENERATORS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECTiON:NCLUDES
A Packaged engine gene「alor system and associated components and accesso"es:
l Engine and engine accessory equipment
2 ALernator
3.Generalor set control system
4.Generator set enclosure.
5,Maintenance cable tap lugs fortemporary generator at output
6 Remole annunciator panels
l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A SecJon 03 30 00‐Casl‐in―Place Concretei Concrete equipment pads
B. Seclon 23 11 23‐Faclly Natural‐Gas Piping.
c secuOn 26 05 29‐Hangers and Suppons fOr Electncal systems
D Seclon 26 36 00‐Transfer SⅥЛtches
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A NECAl‐Standard for Good Workmanship in Electncal cOnstrucJoni 201 0
B NECA′ECSA 404‐Standard for lnsla∥ing Generator Sets:2014.
C NEMA MGl‐Molors and Cenerators;2014
D NFPA 30-Flammable and Combusuble Liquids Code:2015.
E NFPA 37‐Standard forthe insta∥alon and Use of Statlonary Combuslon Engines and Gas
Turbines;2015.
F. NFPA 70‐Nauonal Elect面 cal Codel Most ReCent Ednion Adopted by Authonty Hav ng」unsdicuOn,
lncluding A∥App∥cable Amendments and Supplements
G.NFPA l10‐Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Syslems;2013.
H UL1236‐Batery Chargers for Charging Engine―Staner Batettesi Current Ednion,including A∥
Revisions
l UL2200‐Stalonary Engine Cenerator Assembliesi Current Ed性 ion,lncluding A∥ Revisions.
」. ANSν NEMA Comp∥ancei Comply wnh applicable requiremenls of ANSVNEMA MG l,・ Motors and
Generators・ ,and MG 2,・ Safety Standard for Construclon and Guide for Selecuon,lnstallation
and Use of Electttc Motors and Cenerato「sl Transfer switches sha∥comp:ywthlcs 2
K IEEE Compliancei Comply with applicable polions oflEEE Std 241,・ IEEE Requirements
Practlce for Electttc Power Systems in Commercial Bundings'pettainlng to standby power
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐1Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
L. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of IEEE Standard 241 , 'IEEE Recommended
Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings" pertaining to standby power.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate compatibility of generator sets to be installed with work provided under other
sections or by others.
a. Transfer Switches: See Section 26 36 00.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement ofductwork, piping, equipment or
other potential obstructions within the spaces dedicated for engine generator system.
3. Coordinate anangement of equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the
actual equipment to be installed.
4. Coordinate the work to provide electrical circuits suitable for the power requirements of the
actual auxiliary equipment and accessories to be installed.
5. Notify ArchitecUEngineer of any conflicts with or deviations from the conkact documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work ofthis section; require
attendance of all affected installers.
1,05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacture/s standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product,
including ratings, conllgurations, dimensions, finishes, weights, service condition requirements,
and installed features. lnclude alternator starting capabilities, engine fuel consumption rates, and
cooling, combustion air, and exhaust requirements.
1. lnclude generator set sound level test data.
2. lnclude characteristic kip curves for overcunent protective devices upon request.
3. lnclude alternator thermal damage curve upon request.
4. Provide data showing internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, battery,
battery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer, vibration isolators and remote radiator (if
provided),
C. Shop Drawings: lnclude dimensioned plan views and sections indicating locations of system
components, required clearances, and field connection locations. lnclude system interconnection
schematic diagrams showing all factory and field connections.
D. Evidence of qualifications for installer.
E. Evidence of qualifications for maintenance contractor (if different entity from installer).
F. Manufacturer's factory emissions certification.
G, Source quality control test reports.
H. Provide NFPA 110 required documentation from manufacturer where requested by authorities
having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:
1. Certified prototype tests.
PROJECT NO. 18-172-1179 263213-2 SECTlON2632',13
Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved ENGINE GENERATORS
2. Torsional vibration compatibility ce(ification.
3. NFPA 110 compliance certification.
4. Certified rated load test at rated power factor.
l. Manufacturels detailed fleld testing procedures.
J. Operation and Maintenance Data: lnclude detailed information on system operation, equipment
programming and setup, replacement parts, and recommended maintenance procedures and
intervals.
1. lnclude contact information for entity that will be providing contract maintenance and trouble
call-back service.
K. Executed Wananty: Submit documentation of final executed wananty completed in Owner's name
and registered with manufacturer.
L. Maintenance conhacts.
M. Pro1ect Record Documents: Record actual locations of system components, installed circuiting
arrangements and routing, and final equipment settings.
1. Accurately record location of engine generator and mechanical and elechical connections.
N. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for owne/s use in maintenance of project,
'1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Furnish one set of tools required for preventative maintenance of the engine generator system.
Package tools in adequately sized metal tool box.
3. Provide two additional sets of each fuel, oil, and air filter element required for the engine
generator system.
O. Product Data: Provide data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points, and
internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, baftery, battery rack, battery charger,
exhaust silencer, vibration isolators and remote radiator.
P. Maintenance Data: lnclude inshuctions for routine maintenance requirements, service manuals for
engine and, oil sampling and analysis for engine wear, and emergency maintenance procedures.
1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following:
1. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code).
2. NFPA 1 10 (Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems).
3. NFPA 37 (Standard for the lnstallation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas
Turbines),
B. Maintain at the project site a copy ofeach referenced document that prescribes execution
requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
section with minimum three years documented experience
1. Authorized service facilities located within 50 miles of project site.
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 263213‐3Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INCiA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
D. lnstaller Qualillcations: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum
three years documented experience with engine generator systems of similar size, type, and
complexity; manufactureds authorized installer.
E. Maintenance Contractor Qualifications: Same entity as installer or different entity with specified
qualifications.
1. Contract maintenance office located within 200 miles of project site.
F, Products: Listed, classified, and labeled by Underwrite/s Laboratories lnc. (UL) or testing firm
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose indicated.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store generator sets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
and NECA/EGSA 404.
B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or
heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and haffic.
C. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacture/s instructions to avoid damage to generator set
components, enclosure, and finish.
D. Accept packaged engine generator set and accessories on site in crates and verify damage.
E. Protect equipment from dirt and moisture by securely wrapping in heavy plastic.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional wananty requirements.
B. Provide minimum one year manufacturer wananty covering repair or replacement due to defective
materials or workmanship.
1.09 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A, Furnish service and maintenance of packaged engine generator system for one year from Date of
Substantial Completion.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Packaged Engine Generator Set:
1. Caterpillar lnc: www.cat.com.
2. Cummins Power Generation lnc: www.cumminspower.com.
3. Generac Power Systems: www.generac.com/industrial.
B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM
A. Provide new engine generator system consisting of all required equipment, sensors, conduit,
boxes, wiring, piping, supports, accessories, system programming, etc. as necessary for a
complete operating system that provides the functional intent indicated.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐4CopyHght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
B. System Description:
1. Application: 0ptional/Standby..
2. Configuration: Single packaged engine generator set operated independently (not in parallel).
C. Packaged Engine Generator Set:
1. Type: Gaseous (spark ignition).
2. Power Rating: As indicated on drawings, standby.
3. Voltage: As indicated on drawings.
4. Main Line Circuit Breaker:
a. Type: Thermal magnetic.
b. Trip Rating: As indicated on drawings.
c. Features:
1) Maintenance Cable Tap.
2) Lock-out, Tag-out Provisions.
D. Generator Set General Requirements:
1. Prototype tested in accordance with NFPA 110 for Level 1 systems.
2. Factory-assembled, with components mounted on suitable base.
3. List and label engine generator assembly as complying with UL 2200.
4. Power Factor: Unless otherwise indicated, specified power ratings are at 0.8 power factor for
three phase voltages and 1.0 power factor for single phase voltages.
5. Provide suitable guards to protect personnelfrom accidental contact with rotating parts, hot
piping, and other potential sources of injury.
6. Main Line Circuit Breakers: Provide factory-installed line side connections with suitable lugs for
load side connections,
a. NEMA AB 1 molded case circuit breaker on generator output with integral thermal and
instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole; sized in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70. lnclude
battery-voltage operated shunt trip, connection to open circuit breaker on engine failure.
Mount unit in enclosure to meet ANSI/NEMA 250 requirements.
E. Service Conditions: Provide engine generator system and associated components suitable for
operation under the service conditions at the installed location.
F. Starting and Load Acceptance Requirements:
1. Cranking Method: Cycle cranking complying with NFPA 110 (15 second crank period, followed
by 15 second rest period, with cranking limiter timeout after 3 cycles), unless otherwise
req uired,
2. Cranking Limiter Time-Out: lf generator set fails to start after specified cranking period,
indicate overcrank alarm condition and lock-out generator set from further cranking until
manually reset.
3. Start Time: Capable of starting and achieving conditions necessary for load acceptance within
10 seconds (NFPA 110, Type 10).
4. Maximum Load Step: Supports '100 percent of rated load in one step.
G. Exhaust Emissions Requirements:
1 . Comply with federal (EPA), state, and local regulations applicable at the time of commissioning;
include factory emissions certification with submittals.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐5Copy百 ght2018 by KLUBER,INCI A I Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
2. Do not make modifications atfecting generator set factory emissions certification without
approval of manufacturer and Engineer. Where such modifications are made, provide field
emissions testing as necessary for certification.
H. Sound Level Requirements:
'l . Do not exceed 64 dBA when measured at 23 feet from generator set in free fleld (no sound
baniers) while operating at full load; include manufacturer's sound data with submiftals.
l. System Capacity: As noted on drawings at elevation of 700 feet above sea level, continuous rating
using engine-mounted radiator.
J. Engine Accessories: Lube oil filter, intake air filter, lube oil cooler, gear-driven water pump, lnclude
fuel pressure gage, water iemperature gage, and lube oil pressure gage on engine{enerator
control panel.
K. Coolant heater: Engine mounted, thermostatically controlled, waterjacket heater. The heater
shall be sized as recommended by the equipment supplier. Heater voltage shall be as required.
L. Mounting: Provide unit with suitable spring-type vibration isolators and mount on structural steel
base and concrete Pad.
M. Exerciser Clock: Provide solid state exerciser clock to set the day, time, and duration of generator
set exercise/test period. Provide without load selector switch for the exercise period.
N. Maintenance cable lugs: Provide lug connection for portable generator during maintenance
periods with lockout, tagout provisions at generator breaker assembly
2.03 ENGINE AND ENGINE ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT
A. Provide engine with adequate horsepower to achieve specified power output at rated speed,
accounting for alternator efficiency and parasitic loads.
B. Engine Starting System:
1. System Type: Electric, with DC solenoid-activated starting moto(s).
2. Battery(s):
a. Battery Type: Lead-acid.
b. Battery Capacity: Size according to manufacture/s recommendations for achieving starting
and load acceptance requirements under lYoEt case ambient temperature; capable of
providing cranking through two complete periods of cranking limiter time-outs without
recharging.
c. Provide battery rack, cables, and connectors suitable for the supplied battery(s); size battery
cables according to manufacturer's recommendations for cable length to be installed.
3. Battery-Charging Alternator: Engine-driven, with integral solid-state voltage regulation.
4. Battery Charger:
a. Provide dual rate battery charger with automatic float and equalize charging modes and
minimum rating of 10 amps; suitable for maintaining the supplied baftery(s) at full charge
without manual intervention.
b. Capable of returning supplied battery(s) from fully discharged to fully charged condition
within 24 hours, as required by NFPA 1 10 for Level 1 applications while carrying normal
loads.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐6cOpyngh1 2018 by KLUBER,lNCt A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
Recognized as complying with UL 1236.
Furnished wilh integral overcurrent protection; cunent limited to protect charger during
engine cranking; reverse polarity protection.
Provide integral DC output ammeter and voltmeter with five percent accuracy.
Provide alarm output contacts as necessary for alarm indications.
g. Trickle type.
5. Battery Heater: Provide thermostatically controlled battery heater to improve starting under
cold ambient conditions.
6. lnclude remote starting control circuit, with MANUAL-OFF-REMOTE selector switch on
engine-generator control panel.
C. Engine Speed Control System (Governor):
1. Single Engine Generator Sets (Not Operated in Parallel): Provide elechonic isochronous
governor for controlling engine speed/alternator frequency.
2. Eleckonic, mechanical adjustable to maintain engine speed within 0.5 percent, steady state,
and 5 percent, no load to full load, with recovery to steady state within 2 seconds following
sudden load changes.
D. Engine Lubrication System:
1. System Type: Full pressure, with engine-driven, positive displacement lubrication oil pump,
replaceable full-flow oil fllte(s), and dip-stick for oil level indication. Provide oil cooler where
recommended by manufacturer.
E. Engine Cooling System:
'1. System Type: ClosedJoop, liquid-cooled, with unilmounted radiator/fan and engine-driven
coolant pump; suitable for providing adequate cooling while operating at full load under worst
case ambient temPerature.
2, Fan Guard: Provide suitable guard to protect personnel from accidental contact with fan.
3. Radiator: Radiator using glycol coolant, with blower type fan, sized to maintain safe engine
temperature in ambient temperature of 110 degrees F (43 degrees C). Radiator Air Flow
Restriction: 0.5 inches of water, maximum.
F. Engine Air lntake and Exhaust System:
'1. Air lntake Filtration: Provide engine-mounted, replaceable, dry element filter.
2. Engine Exhaust connection: Provide suitable, approved flexible connector for coupling engine
to exhaust system.
3. Exhaust Silencer: Provide critical grade or better exhaust silencer with sound attenuation not
less than basis of design; select according to manufacture/s recommendations to meet sound
performance requirements, where specified.
G. Engine speed: 1800 rpm.
H. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, lowoil pressure, overspeed, and
engine overcrank. Limits as selected by manufacturer.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐7cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 3213
ENGINE GENERATORS
2.04 ALTERNATOR (GENERATOR)
A. Alternator: 4-pole, 1800 rpm (60 Hz output) revolving field, synchronous generator complying with
NEMA MG 'l; connected to engine with flexible coupling; voltage outpul configuration as indicated,
with reconnectable leads for 3 phase alternators,
B. Exciter:
1 . Exciter Type: Brushless; provide permanent magnet generator (PMG) excitation system;
self-excited (shunt) systems are not permitted.
2. PMG Excitation Short-Circuit Current Support: Capable of sustaining 300 percent of rated
output cunent for 10 seconds.
3. Voltage Regulation (with PMG excitation): Plus/minus 0.5 percent for any constant load from
no load to full load.
C. Temperature Rise: Comply with UL 2200.
D. lnsulation System: NEMA MG '1, Class H; suitable for alternator temperature rise.
E. Enclosure: NEMA MG 1, drip-proof.
F. Total Harmonic Distortion: Not greaier than five percent.
G. Voltage Regulation: lnclude generator-mounted volts per Hertz exciter-regulator to match engine
and generator characteristics, with voltage regulation +l one percent from no load to full load,
lnclude manual controls to adjust voltage drop +/- 5 percent voltage level, and voltage gain.
2.05 GENEMTOR SET CONTROL SYSTEiT
A. Provide microprocessor-based control system for automatic control, monitoring, and protection of
generator set. lnclude sensors, wiring, and connections necessary for functions/indicalions
specified,
B. Control Panel:
1. Control Panel Mounting: Unit-mounted unless otherwise indicated; vibration isolated'
2. Generator Set Control Functions:
a. Automatic Mode: lnitiaies generator set starushutdown upon receiving conesponding signal
from remote device (e.9. automatic transfer switch).
b. Manual Mode: lnitiates generator set starushutdown upon direction from operator.
c. Reset Mode: Clears allfaults, allowing generator set restart after a shutdown.
d. Emergency Stop: lmmediately shuts down generator set (without time delay) and prevents
automatic restarting until manually reset.
e. Cycle Cranking: Programmable crank time, rest time, and number of cycles.
f. Time Delay: Programmable for shutdown (engine cooldown) and start (engine warmup).
g, Voltage Adjustment: Adjustable through range of plus/minus 5 percent.
h. Pushtotest indicator lamps, one each for low oil pressure, high water temperature,
overspeed, and overcrank.
3. Generator Set Status lndications:
a. Voltage (Volts AC): Line{o-line, line-lo-neutral for each phase.
1) 3-1/2 inch dial, 2 percent accuracy, with phase selector switch.
b. Current (Amps): For each phase.
PRoJECT N0. 18-172-',1',t79 26 32 13 - 8 SECTION 26 32 13
Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved ENGINE GENERATORS
1) 3-1/2 inch dial, 2 percent accuracy, with phase selector switch.
c, Frequency (Hz).
'l) 45-65 Hz range, 3-1/2 inch dial.
d. Real power (WkW).
e. Reactive power (VAR/kVAR).
f. Apparent power (VA/kVA).
g. Power factor.
h. Duty Level: Actual load as percentage of rated power.
i. Engine speed (RPM).j, Battery voltage (Volts DC).
k. Engine oil pressure.
l. Engine coolant temperature.
m. Engine run time.
n. Generator powering load (position signal from transfer switch).
o. Engine running time meter.
p. Auxiliary Relay: 3PDT, operates when engine runs, with contact terminals prewired to
terminal strip,
4. Generator Set Protection and Waming/Shutdowtt lndications:
a. Complywith NFPA 1'10; configurable for NFPA 110 Level l orLevel 2, or NFPA 99 systems
including but not limited to the following protections/indications:
1) Overcrank (shutdown).
2) Low coolant temperature (warning).
3) High coolant temperature (warning).
4) High coolant temperature (shutdown).
5) Low oil pressure (shutdown).
6) Overspeed (shutdown).
7) Low fuel level (waming).
8) Low coolant level (warning/shutdown).
9) Generator control not in automatic mode (warning).
10)High battery voltage (warning).
1 1)Low cranking voltage (warning).
12)Low battery voltage (warning).
1 3)Battery charger failure (warning).
b. ln addition to NFPA 1 10 requirements, provide the following protections/indications:
1) High AC voltage (shutdown).
2) Low AC voltage (shutdown).
3) High frequency (shutdown).
4) Low frequency (shutdown).
5) Overcurrent (shutdown).
c. Provide contacts for local and remote common alarm.
d. Provide lamp test function that illuminates all indicator lamps.
5, other Control Panel Features:
a. Event log.
b. Remote monitoring capability via PC.
C. Remote Annunciator:
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐9Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
1. Remote Annunciator Mounting: Wall-mounted; Provide flush-mounted annunciator for finished
areas and surface-mounted annunciator for non-finished areas unless othenalse indicated.
2, Generator Set Status lndications:
a. Generator powering load (via position signal from transfer switch).
b, Communication functional.
3. Generator Set Waming/Shutdowtl lndications:
a. Comply with NFPA 1 '10 for Level 1 systems including but not limited to the following
indications:
'l) Overcrank (shutdown).
2) Low coolant temperature (warning).
3) High coolant temperature (warning).
4) High coolant temperature (shutdown).
5) Low oil pressure (shutdown).
6) OversPeed (shutdown).
7) Low fuel level (waming).
8) Low coolant level (warning/shutdown).
9) Generator control not in automatic mode (waming).
10)High battery voltage (waming).
1 1 )Low cranking voltage (warning).
12)Low battery voltage (warning).
1 3)Battery charger failure (warning).
b. Provide audible alarm with silence function.
c. Provide lamp test function that illuminates all indicator lamps.
D. Remote Emergency Stop: Provide approved red, mushroom style remote emergency stop button
where indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction.
2.06 GENERATORSET ENCLOSURE
A. Enclosure Type: Sound attenuating, weather protective.
B. Enclosure Material: Steel or aluminum.
1. All sheet metal shall be primed for conosion protection and finish painted with the
manufacturers standard color.
C. Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
D. Color: Manufacture/s standard.
E. Access Doors: Lockable, with all locks keyed alike'
F. Openings: Designed to prevent bird/rodent entry.
'l. Housing shali provide ample airflow for generator set operation. the housing shall have hinged
side-access doors and rear control door.
G. External Drains: Extend oil and coolant drain lines to exterior ofenclosure for maintenance
service.
H. Sound Attenuating Enclosures: Line enclosure with non-hydroscopic, self-extinguishing
sound-attenualing material.
PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1179 263213-10
cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
l. Exhaust Silencers: Where exhaust silencers are mounted within enclosure in main engine
compartment, insulate silencer to minimize heat dissipation as necessary for operation al rated
load under worst case ambient temperature,
2.07 SOURCE OUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Perform production tests on generator sets at factory to verify operation and performance
characteristics prior to shipment. lnclude certified test report with submittals.
C. Generator Set production testing to include, at a minimum:
1. Operation at rated load and rated power factor.
2. Single step load pick-up.
3. Transient and steady state voltage and frequency performance.
4. Operation of safety shutdowns.
D. Rating: Capacity as indicated, standby service, voltage as indicated,60Hz at'1800 rpm.
E. Skid-Mounted Fuel Tank: See drawings for size. Steel tank, with fill and vent.
F. Batleries: Heavy duty, lead-acid storage bafteries, 170 ampere-hours minimum capacity. Match
battery voltage to starting system. lnclude necessary cables and clamps.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
B. Verifo that the ratings and configurations of generator sets and auxiliary equipment are consistent
with the indicated requirements.
C. Verify that rough-ins for field connections are in the proper locations.
D. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive equipment.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
F. Verify that required utilities are available in proper location and ready for use'
G. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Perform wok in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 'l .
B. lnstall products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. lnstall generator sets and associated accessories in accordance with NECfuEGSA 404.
D, Anange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access.
E. Unless othenrise indicated, mount generatol set on properly sized 6 inch high concrete pad
constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00. Provide suitable vibration isolators, where not
factory installed.
PRoJECT NO. 18-172-'1179 263213-11 sEcTl0N2632',l3
Copyright 20'18 by KLUBER, lNC,;All Rights Reserved ENGINE GENEMTORS
F. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
G. Use manufacturer's recommended oil and coolant, suitable for the worst case ambient
temperatures.
H. Provide natural gas piping in accordance with Section 2311 23.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Notify owner and ArchitecUEngineer at least two weeks prior to scheduled inspections and tests.
C. Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling inspections
and tests and for observation by their personnel.
D. Provide all equipment, tools, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing, including
load bank and fuel.
E. Preliminary inspection and testing to include, at a minimum:
1 , lnspect each system component for damage and defects.
2. Verify tightness of mechanical and electrical connections are according to manufacturer's
recommended torque settings.
3. Check for proper oil and coolant levels.
F. Prepare and start system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
G. Perform acceptance test in accordance with NFPA '1 10.
H. lnspection and testing to include, at a minimum:
1. Verify compliance with starting and load acceptance requirements.
2. Verify voltage and frequency; make required adjustments as necessary.
3. Verifo phase sequence.
4. Verify control system operation, including safety shutdowns.
5. Verify operation of auxiliary equipment and accessories (e.9. battery charger, heaters, etc.).
6, Perform load tesls in accordance with NFPA 1'10 ('1.5 hour building load test followed by 2 hour
full load test).
a. During test, record the following at 20 minute intervals:
1) Kilowatts.
2) Amperes.
3) Voltage.
4) Coolant temperature.
5) Room temperature.
6) Frequency.
7) Oil pressure,
b. Test alarm and shutdown circuits by simulating conditions.
L Provide field emissions testing where necessary for certification.
J. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with
contract documents,
PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1179 263213‐12
cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
3.04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. Provide the services of manufacture/s representative to prepare and start system.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirl, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match
original factory finish.
3.06 CLOSEOUTACTIVITIES
A. See Section 0'1 78 00 - Closeout Submiftals, for closeout submittals.
B. See Section 0'l 79 00 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.
C. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of system to Owner, and conect deficiencies or
make adjustments as directed.
D. Training: Train owner's personnel on operation, adjustment, and maintenance of system.
1. Use operation and maintenance manual as kaining reference, supplemented with additional
training materials as required.
2. Provide minimum of two hours of training.
3. lnstructor: Manufacture/s authorized representative.
4. Location: At project site.
5. Describe loads connected to standby system and restrictions for future load additions.
6. Simulate power outage by intenupting normal source, and demonstrate that system operates to
provide standby power.
E. After successful acceptance test and just prior to Substantial Completion, replace air, oil, and fuel
filters.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed engine generator system from subsequent conskuction operations,
3.08 MAINTENANCE
A. See Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements, for additional requirements relating to
maintenance service.
B. Provide to Owner at no extra cost, a separate maintenance contract for the service and
maintenance of engine generator system for one year from date of Substantial Completion;
lnclude a complete description of preventive maintenance, systematic examination, adjustment,
inspection, and testing, with a detailed schedule.
C. Conduct site visit at least once every three months to perform inspection, testing, and preventive
maintenance. Submit report to Owner indicating maintenance performed along with evaluations
and recommendations,
D. Provide trouble call-back service upon notification by Owner:
1. Provide on-site response within 4 hours of notification.
2. lnclude allowance for call-back service during normal working hours at no extra cost to Owner.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐13
Copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
3. Owner will pay for call-back service outside of normal working hours on an hourly basis, based
on actual time spent at site and not including travel time; include hourly rate and definition of
normal working hours in maintenance contract.
E. Maintain an on-site log listing the date and time of each inspection and call-back visit, the condition
of the system, nature of the trouble, correction performed, and parts replaced.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐14
cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 32 13
ENGINE GENERATORS
SECTION 26 36 00
TRANSFER SW:TCHES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N INCLUDES
A.Transferswlches for o■VOnage(600 V and Юss)apり にa10ns and assochled accessones
l Automauc transfer s輛 tch in free‐standing NEMA 3R enclosure
2 Remote annuncialors
l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A SecOon 03 30 00-Castln‐Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads.
B SecJon 26 32 13‐ Engine GeneratorsI Forinterace面 th transfer switches
l lncludes re:aled demonstralon and training requirements
C Seclion 26 32 13‐Engine Ceneralorsi Teslng requirements
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.NECA l‐Standard for Good VVo「kmanship in Electncal Construclon:2010
B NEMA 250‐Enclosures for Electncal Equipment(1000V。ls Maxlmum);2014
C NEMAICS10 Panl‐industnal COntrOl and Syslems Pal l:Electromechanical AC Transfer
S面 tch Equipment:2005.
D NETA ATS‐Acceptance Teslng Specincalons fOr Electncal POwer Equipment and Systemsi
2013.
E NFPA70‐National Eleclncal Code:Most Recent Edlion Adopted by Authonty Having」uttsdiclion,
lncluding A∥App∥cable Amendments and Supplements.
F UL1008‐Transfer Swnch Equipment Current Ednion,lncluding A∥Revisions
l.04 SUBMITTALS
A See Seclon 01 30 00‐Administra∥ve Requirements,for submittal procedures
B.Product Datal Provide catalog sheets showing vokage,swnch size,raungs and size of swilcぃ ing
and overcurrent protecJve devices,operalng logic,shon circul ralngs,dimensions,and
enclosure deta∥sC Manufacturers lnstrucuons:lndicate applicalon condlions and lmkalons of use supulated by
product testing agency lnclude lnstructions for storage,hand∥ng,protection,examination,
preparation,and insta∥ation of product
D Operalon Datal lnstruclions for operaung equipment under emergency cOndniOns when engine
generatoris running.
E Maintenance Datal Routine preventative mainlenance and:ubrication schedule List specialtools,
mainlenance malenals,and replacement pans
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600‐1oopynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 36 00
TRANSFER SWITCHES
1.05 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following:
'L NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code).
B. Products: Listed, classitied, and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories lnc. (UL) or testing firm
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose indicated.
C. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specilied in this
section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100
miles of Project.
E. Supplier Qualifications: Authorized dishibutor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years
documented experience.
F. Products: Listed and classified by Undenrrriters Laboratories lnc. as suitable for the purpose
specilied and indicated.
'1. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 1008,'Automatic Transfer
Switches".
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. ASCO Power Technologies, LP: www.asco.com.
B. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products: www.eaton.com.
C. Cummins.
D. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 TRANSFER SWTCHES
A. Provide complete power transfer system consisting of all required equipment, conduit, boxes,
wiring, supports, accessories, system programming, etc. as necessary for a complete operating
system that provides the functional intent indicated.
B. Construction Type: Only "contactor type" (open contact) hansfer switches are acceptable. Do not
use "breaker type" (enclosed contact) kansfer switches.
C. Comply with NEMA ICS 10 Part 1, and list and label as complying with UL 1008 for the
classiflcation of the intended application (e.9. emergency, optional standby).
D. Do not use double throw safety switches or other equipment not specifically designed for power
transfer applications and listed as transfer switch equipment.
E. Load Classification: Classified for total system load (any combination of motor, electric discharge
lamp, resistive, and tungsten lamp loads with tungsten lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of the
continuous current rating) unless otherwise indicated or required.
F. Switching Methods:
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600‐2Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥Rlghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 36 00
TRANSFER SWITCHES
1. Open Transition:
a. Provide break-before-make transfer without a neutral position that is not connected to either
source, and with interlocks to prevent simultaneous connection of the load to both sources.
2. Obtain control power for transfer operation from line side of source to which the load is to be
hansfened.
G. Service Conditions: Provide transfer switches suitable for continuous operation at indicated
ratings under the service conditions at the installed location.
H. Enclosures: Free-standing weather proof housing.
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: As indicated on the drawings.
a. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R or Type 4.
2. Provide lockable doo(s) for outdoor locations,
3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otheruise indicated.
l. Short Circuit Cunent Rating:
1. Withstand and Closing Rating: Provide transfer switches, when protected by the supply side
overcurrent protective devices to be installed, with listed withstand and closing rating not less
than the available fault cunent at the installed location as indicated on the drawings.
J. Automatic Transfer Switches:
1 . Description: Transfer switches with automatically initiated transfer between sources;
electrically operated and mechanically held.
2. Control Functions:
a. Automatic mode.
b. Test Mode: Simulates failure of primary/normal source.
c. Voltage and Frequency Sensing:
1) Undervoltage sensing for each phase of primary/normal source; adjustable
dropouUpickup settings.
2) Undervoltage sensing for alternate/emergency source; adjustable dropouUpickup
settings.
3) Underfrequency sensing for alternate/emergency source; adjustable dropouUpickup
settings.
d. Outputs:
1) Contacts for engine starUshutdown (except where direct generator communication
interface is provided).
2) Auxiliary contacts; one set(s) for each switch position.
e. Adjustable Time Delays:
1) Engine generator start time delay; delays engine start signal to override momentary
primary/normal source failures.
2) Transfer to altemate/emergency source time delay.
3) Retransfer to primary/normal source time delay.
4) Engine generator cooldounr time delay; delays engine shutdown following rekansfer to
primary/normal source to permit generator to run unloaded for cooldown period.
f. ln-Phase Monitor (Open Transition Transfer Switches): Monitors phase angle difference
between sources for initiating in-phase transfer.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600‐3Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 36 00
TRANSFER SWITCHES
g. Engine Exerciser: Provides programmable scheduled exercising ofengine generator
selectable with or without transfer to load; provides memory retention during power outage.
3. Status lndications:
a. Connected to alternate/emergency source.
b. Connected to primary/normal source.
c. Altemate/emergency source available.
4. Automatic Sequence of Operations:
a. Upon failure of primary/normal source for a programmable time period (engine generator
start time delay), initiate starting of engine generator where applicable.
b. When alternate/emergency source is available, transfer load to alternate/emergency source
after programmable time delay.
c. When primary/normal source has been restored, retransfer to primary/normal source after a
programmable time delay. Bypass time delay if alternate/emergency source fails and
primary/normal source is available.
d. Where applicable, initiate shutdown of engine generator after programmable engine
cooldown time delay.
K. Remote Annunciators:
1. Remote Annunciator Mounting: Wall-mounted; Provide flush-mounted annunciator for finished
areas and surface-mounted annunciator for non-finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
2. Transfer Switch Status lndications:
a. Connected to alternate/emergency source.
b. Connected to primary/normal source.
c. Alternate/emergency source available.
2.03 COMPONENTS
A. lndicating Lights: Mount in cover of enclosure to indicate NoRMAL SOURCE AVAILABLE,
ALTERNATE S0URCE AVAILABLE, and SWITCH POSlTlON.
'1. Green lamp to indicate switch in normal position and normal power is supplying loads.
2. Red lamp to indicate switch in emergency position and emergency power is supplying loads.
B. Test Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to simulate failure of normal source.
C. Two position selector switch with white light. Permits two modes of switch operation -
TRANSFER TO NORMAL, TMNSFER TO GENEMTOR.
D. Disconnect plug on wiring harness to disconnect switch control logic.
E. Main shaft auxiliary contact rated ten (10) ampere at 240V (one closed on normal and oneclosed
on emergency).
F. Transfer Switch Auxiliary Contacts: 1 normally open; 1 normally closed.
G. Enclosure: ICS 10, Type 1, finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
2.04 AUTOMATIC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. lnitiate Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: Upon initiation by normal source
monitor.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600‐4cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 36 00
TRANSFER SWITCHES
B. Time Delay To Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: 0to 10 seconds, adjustable.
C. lnitiate Transfer Load to Alternate Source: Upon initiation by normal source monitor and
permission by altemate source monitor.
D. Time Delay Before Transfer to Altemate Power Source: 0 to 60 seconds, adjustable.
E. lnitiate Retransfer Load to Normal Source: Upon permission by normalsource monitor.
F. Time Delay Before Transfer to Normal Potrer: 0 to 30 minutes, adjustable; bypass time delay in
event of alternate source failure.
G. Time Delay Before Engine Shut Down: 0 to 30 minutes, adjustable, of unloaded operation.
H. Engine Exerciser: Start engine every 7 days; run for 30 minutes before shutting down. Bypass
exerciser control if normal source fails during exercising period.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shom on the drawings.
B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of transfer switches are consistent with the indicated
requirements.
C, Verify that rough-ins for field connections are in the proper locations.
D. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive transfer switches.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1 .
B, lnstalltransfer switches in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Arange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access.
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
E. lnstall transfer switches plumb and level.
F. Mount pad-mounted transfer switch on properly sized concrete pad.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 0'l 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Prepare and start system in accordance with manufacture/s instructions.
C. Automatic Transfer Switches:
1. lnspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
2. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.22.3. The control wiring
insulation+esistance tests listed as optional are not required.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600‐5Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 36 00
TRANSFER SWiTCHES
D Corectdefeclve work,adiust fOr proper operauOn,and retest unul enttre syslem complles wnh
contract documents
E Provide the services ofthe manufacturers lechnical representalve to check outtransfer swnch
connections and operation and place in service
F Perbrm leld inspection and tesing in accordance wlh Seclon 01 40 00
G inspect and lestln accordance、Ⅵth NETA STD ATS,except Seclon 4.
H Pettrm inspecuons and tests∥stedin NETA STD ATS,Secuon 7 22 3.
3.04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A Provide the services ofthe manufacturers technical representa∥ve to check outtransfer swilch
conneclions and operations and p!ace in service
3.05 CLOSEOuT ACTIVITiES
A Coordinate with related generato「 demonstralon and training as specined in secuOn 26 32 13
B Demonstrale operation oftransfer swnch in n。「mal,and emergency modes
3,06 MA:NTENANCE
A See SecJon 01 70 00‐Execulon Requiremenls,for addtional requirements re:alng to
malntenance seⅣlce
B Provide servte and maintenance oftransfer swnches fOr One yearfrom Date of Substanlal
Compleuon
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600‐6copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 36 00
TRANSFER SWITCHES
SECT10N 31 22 00
GRADING
PART l GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N!NCLUDES
A Removal and storage oftopso∥
B Rough grading and recontouring the site for posltlve water dralnage
C Topso∥and lnbh grading for planlng
l.02 RELATED REQU!REMENTS
A SecJon 31 23 16 13‐Trenching Trench ng and backl∥ng for u“∥Jes.
B Seclon 32 92 19-Seeding:Fin sh ground cover and addmonaltopso∥requirements
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Topso∥: Topso∥ excavaled on‐ site or as specined in seclion 32 92 19
l Graded
2 Free ofroots,rocks largerthan lノ 2 inch,subso∥,debns,large weeds and foreign mater.
PART 3 EXECUT!ON
3.01 EXAMINAT10N
A Ve百 ″that survey bench mark and inlended elevations forthe Work are as indicaled
B ven″he absence of dandng o「pondng wabr
c ven″∥mls Of work areas
3.02 PREPARAT10N
A・ ∥entlfy required∥nes,燈 veに ,contours,and datum
B Stake and lag localons ofknown u∥
“
ues
l Contact」oint Uu∥ty Localng informalon for Excavators(JULIE 800‐892‐0123)before stal of
excavating work lo ensure that existing ut∥ities on the propeny are located and properly
protected
C Loca撼 ,denj″,and pЮ lectfrom damage above―and bebvgrade u∥mes b reman
D Provide temporary means and methodsto remove a∥standing o「ponding waterfrom areas p面 or
to grading
E Prolect sle features to remain,including but not umned 10 bench marks,survey control points,
existing structures,fences,sidewalks,paving,and curbs,flom damage by grading equlpment and
vehicular traf「cF Protect plants,lawns,rock outcroppings,and otherfeatures to remain as a ponion Oflna!
landscaping
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 312200‐l SECT10N 31 22 00
Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved GRADlNG
3.03 ROUGH GRADING
A. Remove topsoil from areas to be further excavated, reJandscaped, or re-graded, without mixing
with foreign materials.
B. Do not remove topsoil when wet.
C. Remove subsoil from areas to be fu(her excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded,
D. Do not remove wet subsoil, unless it is subsequently processed to obtain optimum moisture
content.
E. When excavating through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with shap axe.
F, Stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requirements as for specified fill.
G. Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by classification and which are excessively moist
due to lack surface water conhol.
3.04 SOIL REMOVAL and STOCKPILING
A. Stockpile topsoil to be re-used on site; remove remainder from site.
B. Remove excavated subsoil from site.
C. Stockpiles: Use areas designated on site; pile depth not to exceed 2 feet; protect from erosion.
3.05 FINISH GMDING
A. Before Finish Grading:
1. Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected.
2. Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted.
B, Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 'l12 inch in size. Remove soil contaminated
with petroleum products.
C. ln areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 3 inches.
D. Place topsoil in areas where sodding are indicated.
E. Place topsoil where required to level finish grade,
F. Place topsoil to the following compacted thicknesses:
1. Areas to be Sodded: 4 inches.
G. Place topsoil during dry weather.
H. Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading.
l. Near plants spread topsoil manually to prevent damage.
J. Fine grade topsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profiles and contour of
subgrade.
K. Lightly compact placed topsoil.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 312200‐2Copy∥ght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 31 22 00
GRADING
L Mantan staЫ ∥ty oflopsdldunng hdement weather Rephce bpsdl h areas where surace
waler has eroded thickness below specincatiOns
3,06 REPA:R AND RESTORAT!ON
A Exising Faclnies,ul1lies,and Sile Features to Remaini r damaged due to this work,repar or
replace lo original condition
B OtherExs∥ng Vegetalon lo Remain:r damaged due to this work,replace wnh vegetauOn Of
equivalent species and slze
3.07 CLEAN:NG
A Remove unused stockp∥ed lopso∥and subso∥ Grade slockpile area to prevent standing waler.
B. Leave site clean and raked,ready lo receive landscaping
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 312200‐3cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 31 22 00
GRADING
SECT:ON 31 2316.13
TRENCHING
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Trenching,backf∥ng and compacling for uu∥ les Outside the bunding to u籠 ∥ty main connections.
1.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A Seclion 31 22 00‐Grad ng:Ste grading
l.03 DEFIN:T:ONS
A Finish Grade ElevauOns:To match ex slng cond1lons
B Subgrade Elevalons: 6 inches below nnish grade elevauons
l.04 REFERENCES
A.AASHTO T 180‐Standard SpecincatiOn fOr Moisture‐Densty Relauons Of sols using a 4 54 kg
(10Jb)Rammerand a 457 mm(18 in)Dropi 2010
B.ASTM D698‐Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compacuon Charactenslcs Of sO∥Using
Standad Eお 1(12,4001‐lbf/t3(600 kN―mノ m鋤 〉2012.
C ASTM D1557‐Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compactlon Charactenslcs Of so∥Using
Modmed Efol(56,0001‐lbfl13(2,700 kN m/m3);2012
D ASTM D2487-Standard Practice for Classinca10n Of so∥s for Engineenng Purposes(Unined sO∥
ClassincaJOn syStem)2011.
E SSRBC‐Standard Specinca10ns fOr Road and Bttdge Construclion,adopled by the∥∥nois
Depanment OfTranspolaJOn On January l,2002,including app"cable current Supp:emental
SpecincatiOns and Special Provislons.
1,05 SUBMITTALS
A.See Seclion 01 30 00‐ Adminislrauve Requirements,for submital procedures
B Compaclon Densily Test RepOns.
1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDL:NG
A. When necessary,slore mate百 als on ste in advance of need.
B Easements for existing ut∥ities,both pub∥c and private,and ut∥ities within pub∥c rlghts‐of‐way are
shown on the draNⅥngs according lo ava∥able records lf existing ut∥ity∥nes are encountered
which conlictin locaJon with new construcuon,n01″Archnecυ Engineer.
1.07 SEQUENCiNG AND SCHEDULiNG
A Schedule,sequence and coordinale the work ofthis seclion,and prior and subsequent pon10ns Of
the work,in accordance wth the requirements of Section 01 40 00‐Qua∥ty Requlrements
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 31231613‐1Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥ R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 31 23 16 13
TRENCHING
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 FILL MATERIALS
A.Cenerai Fi∥:Subso∥excavated on‐sle
l Graded
2. Free oflumps!argerthan 3 inches,rocks largerthan 2 inches,and deb∥s,wasle,frozen
malerials,vegetable and other delelerious mater
B, Structural F∥L Subso∥excavated on―sne
C Granular F∥|‐Gravel‐F∥Type CA‐7: Pl run washed sloneifree of shale,ciay,friable matenal
and debris.
l Gradedin accordance面 th ASTM D2487 Group symbol GW.
D Granular F∥|: Conform ng to SSRBC Atticle 1004 04i CA‐7 orCA‐11,except crushed concrete or
blasl furnace s:ag is not permited
E.Fine Cranular F∥II Conforning to SSRBC Anic:e loo3.04
F SandI Naturalriver or bank sandi washed:free of silt,clay,loam,friable or soluble malerials,and
organic mater
l Grade in accordance面 th ASTM D2487 Group SymbolSW
G Topso∥: See Seclion 31 22 00
2.02 SOuRCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.See Seclon 01 40 00‐Qua∥ty Requiremenls,for genera:requirements fo「teslng and analysた of
so∥malenal
B lftests indicate matenals dO nOt meet specined requirements,change material and retest.
PART 3 EXECuT10N
3.01 EXAM:NATiON
A Ve∥fythat survey bench marks and intended elevalons forthe work are as indた ated
3.02 PREPARAT10N
A ldenlfy required∥nes,leve:s,contours,and datum locauons
B See Section 31 22 00 for additionalrequirements
C Gradetop pe∥meler oftrenching area to prevent surace waterfrom draining into trench,Provde
lemporary means and methods,as required,to maintain surface water diversion un∥l no longer
neededl or as direcled by the Archilecυ Engineer.
3.03 TRENCHING
A Nou″Aに hilecVEngheer of unexpected subsuttce condmons and dヽ conlnue afeded Work m
area un籠 lno∥led to resume work.
B Slope banks of excavations deeperthan 4 feetlo angle ofrepose orless unt∥shored
PROJECT N0 18-172‐1179 31231613‐2Copy百 ght2018 by KLUBER,lNC=A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 31 23 16 13
TRENCHING
C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations.
D. Cut trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities.
E. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter.
F, Remove large stones and other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent
backfilling or compaction.
G, Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site.
H. Remove excess excavated material from site,
l. Provide temporary means and methods, as required, to remove all water from trenching until
directed by the ArchitecUEngineer. Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by classification
and which are excessively moist due to lack of dewatering or surface water conkol.
J. Determine the prevailing groundwater level prior to kenching. lf the proposed trench extends less
than 1 foot into the prevailing groundwater, control groundwater intrusion with perimeter drains
routed to sump pumps, or as directed by the ArchitecUEngineer.
K. Pump out accumulated water in excavated trenches.
L. Obtain, erect, maintain and remove signs, covers, barricades, flagmen and other control devices
necessary for the purpose of diverting, regulating, warning or guiding pedestrian and vehicular
traffic at open excavations.
1. Placement and Maintenance of Traffic Control Devices: ln accordance wilh applicable parts of
SSRBC Article 107.14.
3.04 PREPAMTION FOR UTILITY PLACEMENT
A. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general fill.
B. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material.
C. Until ready to backfill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation.
3.05 BACKFILLING
A. Backfillto contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials.
B. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work.
C. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do notfill over porous, wet, frozen
or spongy subgrade surfaces.
D. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density.
E. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches
compacted depth.
F. Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches
compacted depth.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 31231613‐3Copy蔵 ght2018 by KLUBER,lNC iA∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 31 23 16 13
TRENCHING
G. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in'10 ft, unless noted otherwise. Make gradual
grade changes. Blend slope into level areas.
H. Correct areas that are over€xcavated.
1. Thrust bearing surfaces: Fill with concrete.
2. other areas: Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to minimum 97 percent of
maximum dry density,
l. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or lndicated:
1 . Under paving, slabs-on-grade, and similar construction: 98 percent of maximum dry density.
2. At other locations: 95 percent of maximum dry density.
J. Reshape and re+ompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic.
3.06 BEDDING AND FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS
A. Use generalfill unless otheruise specified or indicated.
B. Utility Piping and Conduits :
1. Bedding: Use fine granular fill.
2. Cover wjth generalfillfor lawn or planted areas.
3. Cover with granular fill for paved areas.
4. Fill up to subgrade elevation.
5. Compact in maximum 8 inch lifts to 95 percent of maximum dry density under lawn or planted
areas.
6. Compact in maximum 6 inch lifts to 98 percent of maximum dry density under paved areas,
3.07 TOLERANCES
A. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus orminus 1 inch from required elevations.
B. Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations,
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and
testing.
B. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in
accordance with ASTM 0698 ("standard Proctof), ASTM D1557 ('modified Proctor'), or AASHTO
T 180.
C. lf tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, See Section 01 40 00 for procedures.
3.09 CLEANING
A. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile.
B, Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile
area to prevent standing surface water.
C. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 31231613‐4Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 31 23 16 13
TRENCHING
SECT:ON 32 31 29
W00D FENCES AND GATES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT:ON INCLUDES
A, Fence framework,boards and accessones
B Excavation for post bases,concrete foundalons fo「posts and center drop for s面 ng gales
C Manuals面 ng gates and related hardware
l.02 REFERENCES
A.ASTM A 153-Standard Spec ncaJOn for Zinc Coaung(Hol‐Dip)On lrOn and Steel Hardware
B ASTM F567-Standard Practlce forlnstallalon of Chain‐Link Fence1 2000
C ASTM F1083‐Standard Specinca∥On for Pipe,SteeL HOt‐Dipped Z n←Coated(Galvanlzed)
Welded,for Fence Struclures,2004
D AWPA Cl‐A∥Timber Products―Preservalve Treatment by Pressure Process;AmeHcan Wood
Preservers'AssociaJoni 2003
E AWPA Ul‐Use Cale9ory SyStem:User SpedicaJon for Trealed Woodi Amencan wOOd
Preservers'AssociaJon;2005
F PS20‐American Solwood Lumber Standardi Nationallnsutute Of standards and Technolo9y
(Depalment of Commerce);2005.
G SPIB(GR)‐Grading Rules:Southem Pine lnspeclon Bureau,lnc;2002
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPT10N
A 6Foot hlgh‐shadOwbox design consisting of wood face boards,wood ra∥s and metai posts setin
concrele foundalons Gates consも t of metalframes面 th wood face boards
l.04 SUBM:TTALS
A See Seclion 01 30 00‐Adm nistrauve Requrements,for submmal prOcedures.
B Product DataI Provide data on lumber male∥als,metal posts,accessones,1lings and hardware
C Shop DrawlngsI lnd cate plan layout,typicai panel elevaJon,9ate conngurauOn and construclon,
spacing of components,postfOundauon dlmens Ons,hardware anchorage,and schedule of
components
D Manufaclurers lnstruclons:lndicate insta∥alon instruclons
l,05 QUAL!TY ASSURANCE
A lnstaller Qualinca10ns Company specla∥zlng in pettDrming the work ofthls seclon with minimum
ten years of documented experience
PRO」ECT N0 18 172‐1179 323129‐1Copy百 ght2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 32 31 29
VV00D FENCES AND GATES
1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING
A. Convene one week before starting work of this section.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 0'l 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional wananty requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a two year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Fencing and Swing Gates:
1. Master-Halco, lnc.: www.fenceonline.com.
B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Posts and Gate Frames: ASTM F 1083 Schedule 40 hotdipped galvanized steel pipe, polyester
coated-black, welded construction, minimum yield strength of 25 ksi.
B. Rails and Face Boards: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood
treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions and specific applications.
1. Species: Western Red Cedar.
2. Grade: A & Befter, Select Clear.
3. Surfacing: S4S.
4. Size: 'l x 6.
5. Clear spacing: 3 inch openings between boards.
6. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19.
C, Concrete: Type specifled in Section 03 30 00.
2.03 COMPONENTS
A. Line Posts: 2,375 inch diameter.
1. Acceptable Substitute: PostMasler I 1 ga. galvanized steel and polyester coated posts as
manufaclured by Master Halco, lnc.: www.fenceonline.com.
B. Corner and Terminal Posts: 2.875 inch diameter.
C. Gate Posts: 2.875 inch diameter.
D. Gate Frames: '1.90 diameter for welded fabrication.
E. Rails: 2 x6 inch (nom.).
F. Face Boards: 'l x 6 inch (nom.).
G. Rail Mounting Brackets: 12 gauge, hofdipped galvanized steel and polyester coated.
H. Fasteners: Hot{ipped galvanized steel screws, sized to suit application.
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 323129‐2CopyHght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 32 31 29
W00D FENCES AND GATES
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A.Posl Capsi Cast steel,9alvanized and pOlyesler coated;sized to post diameler,set screw
retainer
B Hardware for Double S輌 nging Gales:180 degree hinges,3 per gate:eat drop bOk On inacJve
leaf engaging socket stop setin concrete,ac∥ve leaflatched lo inacuve leaf preventing ralsing of
drop bon,padlock hasp;keepers to hold gate in fu∥y open pOslion.
2.05 FINiSHES
A Hardware:Hol‐dip galvanized and powder coaled to weight required by ASTM A 153
3 0ther Accessottesi Same nnish as metal components
C.StainI Opaque stain lnish on a∥6 sides offencing boards.Colo「to be selecled by archilect from
manufacturers fu∥color∥ne Apply stain in ield ater ereclion offence boards
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 EXAMiNAT:ON
A Ve"fythat areas lo recdve fendng aЮ ∞mpttted to lnJ grades and eに vauons
B. Ensure that propeny∥nes and legal boundaries of work are clearly estab∥shed.
3.02 PREPARAT!ON
A Lay Outthe fencing for approval by Owners representative p∥o「lo oommencing the Work ofthis
Seclion
B.Coordinale Fence localon,fence dimendons,9ale locaOon and gate dimensions with generator
manufaclurer,to maintain required clearances around generator and access to generator
3.03 1NSTALLAT:ON
A.lnsta∥fencing and gales in accordance面 th manufaclurers'instruclons
B.lnsla∥pOsts and gate frames in accordance面 th ASTM F 567
C.Space posts uniformly at 8■01 on center.
D Set posls plumb,in concrete foolngs wtth top offoo∥ngs lush面 th surrounding grade surace
Slope top of 00ncrete for water runor
E lnsta∥fence ra∥s on posts using mounung brackets
F, Stain wood fencing boards on a∥sides lnsta∥face boards on ra∥s Position boloms offace
boards 2 inches above grade
G Provide concrete cenler drop to foo∥ng depth and drop rod retainers at center of double gale
Opening.
3.04 ERECTiON TOLERANCES
A Maximum Vattauon From Plumb1 l14 inch
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 323129-3
Copy百 ght2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 32 31 29
W00D FENCES AND GATES
B Maxlmum Vanauon From True Poslion:l inch
3.05 ADJuSTING
A Adiust gale leafs for smooth operalon.
3.06 REPAIRIRESTORATiON
A Repair areas disturbed bythe Wo「k ofthis Secuon 10 their onginal condniOn
END OF SECT!ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 323129‐4Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rohts Reserved
SECT10N 32 31 29
W00D FENCES AND GATES
SECT:ON 32 92 19
SEEDING
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10NINCLUDES
A. Preparalon of subso∥
B Placing topso∥
C Seeding,mulching and fen∥lzer
D Malnlenance
l.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS
A Seclon 31 22 00‐Grading:Topso∥mate∥al・
B Section 31 22 00‐Grading:PreparauOn Of subso∥and placement oftopso∥in preparauOn fOrthe
work ofthis section,
1.03 DEFINIT:ONS
A.Weeds:lnclude Dande∥on,」imsonweed,Quackgrass,Horseta∥,Moming Glory,Rush Grass,
Mustard,Lambsquaner,chた kweed,Cress,Crabgrass,Canadian ThbJe,Nutgrass,Poison Oak,
Blackberry,Tansy Ragwon,Bemuda Grass,」ohnson Crass,Poison lvy,Nut Sedge,Nimble VV∥LBindweed,Bent Grass,Wild Ga∥ic,Perennial Sorret and Brome Grass
l.04 SUBMil可 ALS
A See Seclon 01 30 00‐Adminislrauve Requirements,for submital procedures
B Mainlenance Datal lnclude maintenance instruclons,cuting method and maximum grass height
types,app∥cation frequency,and recommended coverage offeni∥zer
l.05 REGULATORY REQUiREMENTS
A Comply面 th regulatory agencies for fen∥zer and herbicide compoЫ uon.
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 SEED M!XTURE
A Seed Mixlure:
1. Kentucky Blue Crass:80 percent.
2. Perennial Rye1 20 percent
2.02 SOIL MATER:ALS
A Topsol Fe咸 ∥e,agttcunural sO∥,lypical for local∥y,capab:e of sustalning vigorous plant gromh,
taken from drained silei free of subson,clay Or impurities,plants,weeds and rootsi pH value of
minimum 5 4 and maximum 7 0
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 329219‐1oOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 32 92 19
SEEDING
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A.Fen∥izer 18‐24-6 analysis staた rfen∥ze晴 recOmmended for grass,wnh lly percent ofthe
elements de面 ved from organic sources
B Wateri Clean,fresh and free of subslances o「materthat could inhibl vigOrous gromh of grass.
C Eroslon Fabric: 」ute mating,open weave insta∥ed at a∥areas of affecled work aler seeding
D Herbicide:Super T"mec as manufactured by PBI?Grodon Corpo「auon..
E. StakesI Solwood lumber,chisel pointed
F St面 ng:lnorganic lber.
PART 3 EXECUT:ON
3.01 EXAMiNAT:ON
A Ven″that prepared so∥base b ready to rece ve the work ofthis Section
3.02 PREPARAT:ON
A Prepare subgrade in accordance wnh sec10n 31 22 00
B Place lopso∥in accordance面 th Seclion 31 22 00
3.03 FERT:LiZING
A.Apply fe威 ∥izerin accordance wtth manufaclurers instruclons
B.Apply atter smooth raking oflopsO∥and p面 orlo ro∥er compacuOn
C.Do not apply fen∥izer atsame ume Or輛 th same machine as w∥be used lo apply seed
D Mixthorough!y inlo upper 2 inches oftopso∥.E Ligh∥y walerto aid the dissipation of fet∥izer
3.04 SEEDiNG
A Appiy seed at a rale of 5 5 1bs per 1000 sq t evenlyin two intersecling directions Rake in∥ghtly
B. Do not seed areasin excess ofthat which can be mulched on same day
C Do not sow immediately fo∥o面 ng rain,when ground is too dry,or dunng windy penods
D lmmediately following seeding and compaclng,insta∥erosion fabHc at a∥areas of afFected work.
Maintain clear of shrubs and trees
E Apply walerNⅥth a nne sprayimmediately aler each area has been mulched Saturate to 4 inches
of so∥
F Fo∥o輛 ng germination,immediately re―seed areas wnhout germinaled seeds that are largerthan 4
by 4 inches.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 329219‐2Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 32 92 19
SEEDING
3,05 PROTECTION
A. ldentify seeded areas with stakes and string around area periphery. Set string height to 24 inches.
Space stakes at 120 inches.
B. Cover seeded slopes where grade is 1 inches per foot or greater with erosion fabric. Roll fabric
onto slopes without stretching or pulling.
C. Lay fabric smoothly on surface, bury top end of each section in 6 inch deep excavated topsoil
trench, Provide 12 inch overlap of adjacent rolls. Backfilltrench and rake smooth, level with
adjacent soil.
D. Secure outside edges and overlaps at 36 inch intervals with stakes,
E. Lightly dress slopes with topsoilto ensure close contact between fabric and soil,
F. At sides of ditches, lay fabric laps in direction of water flow. Lap ends and edges minimum 6
inches.
3.06 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide maintenance at no extra cost to Owner; Owner will pay for water.
B. See Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements, for additional requirements relating to
maintenance service.
C. Maintain seeded areas immediately after placement until grass is wellestablished and exhibits a
vigorous growing condition.
D. Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out.
E. Roll surface to remove minor depressions or irregularities.
F. Control grovvth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufactureds instructions.
Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides.
G. lmmediately reseed areas that show bare spots,
H. Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 329219‐3Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 32 92 19
SEEDING
ATTACⅡMENT C
ⅥLLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
ATTACHMENT C
LIST OF DRAWINGS
SHEET NOS. SHEET TITLES
Gl00 Cover Sheet, General Notes, Symbols, & Drawing Index
E100 Electrical Symbols List and Panel Schedules
E200 Electrical Demolition Floor Plan
8300 Electrical and Mechanical Remodel Floor Plan
E500 Electrical Schedules and Details
GENERAL NOTES つ
玲
VILLAGE OFOAK B鮨
PROJECT BATH AND TENNIS CLUB
ELECTR:CAL SYSTEMSuPGRADE AND GENERATOR
INSTALLAT10N800 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,IL 60523
THE V:LLAGE OF OAK BR00K
1200 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,:L60523
KLUBER ARCH「ECTS+ENGINEERS
10S.SHUMWAY AVE.
BATAⅥ嘔 :LttNOIS 60510
TEL 630406‐1213
FAX 630406‐9472
-.k:uberlnc.com
OWNER
ARCH:TECT/
ENG:NEER
:NDEX OF DRAWiNCSM
uMsErrMmmEqmsfmwE6!mN$Um tuomMre&
'AE,Ml&EMNMEllffil@[@0$7) D E AIM til 0Wn6 U.
AMbES 6 uffiMMrcE
I em&EoEreExsmEr@ I mEmmD&llrcnnEf,ru,lGEffiffimNmmcrdE@R ffimmmMDmmmwffi&ffiWWDf&sffilGmffiftffi rftm@B&Ucr&Nffimffix(Imrdffi@cmNru6
1 rcEuffisffir^Mrrrur72ffimDM' ##l!ffi$Btsts'tr,r#iHt^ffi"MONMT McrcrsPlmftffiNBDd
T MCID@TffMlmUrIEEBre EBM
ffi mBdumrccM,lB$rurrumm t Sm@WImmCdI1RNEim.Eo@,mffima^m. mm]]M&MD,lGu-ffiru/tm{ @nrcmmsmruom*Emffi muATr ffiffiilffiH|Jffi/iffi#ffi,[p**Om]m rffi
1mffi[EllmmENMllMtrrmWffi {.mYrmEa@tEMUMAEqmm@6umMffsw*&@/Dm pmrMEETSTmrsnE*
a m*w*rc**m,lmmffiMru ffir$.ffi"ffi Eq'*ffi
7. BnUffi M@lnffi iBEf,@,ffi Uwl6& r frNcayrcilm(]rummDuEmAEmE:EffifiWrnmlilN@&tu(m A]mfEmfl/bEMml@mMSBMI/Dm @
e ffi re uY 6 m E Ecm"cw E* i !e4, ! B 6 !q!!q !ql$E!s q !!qgr-{E|!s-_
3s
伊
::::||
¨
器
鰈 脚 躙 ¨
蚤
や
STANDARD ABBREV:AT10NS ゾ
11■
‐
魏
蝠
圏N
鍮P鰤
瑕
レク/う /引
形2ツ ク
鮨
図
1図
躊
陶 SEALS a CERTIF:CATES
申
幽H
日
―圏 …
幽
G100
晰
Mヤ:颯
"1 1「が,濡 I~い T‐
G囀 . ‐ _ _′いI 翻肝F 際 J輛 翻
轟 ,ほ
||
距
・6帖 師均
ELECTR:CAL REMODEL FL哩
:1卜 ,1 (D
BUlLDING GAS SUPPLY DF『響: ①ELEVA■ON‐MA:N SERV!CE AREA TYHCAL EXTEROR PAD DETA離 ○
GAS DEMAND SCHEDULE KEYNoTES ffiififfiffiH*ffitr
IEETN@
E300MECHANICALBASEMξNTP「全撃 ○
~ ~~1-
ШO機
i]:||:
LI開 顎 響 躍 ‐
貰鸞 撫…
ELECTRCAL ONE ttNE DttGRAM‐RE聰 22詭 ②
由L
ELECTRiCAL ONE LiNE D:AGRAM・ DEMOLiTRN l
T∫∫」
E500
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
ATTACHMENT D
SPECIAL PROJECT REOUIREMENTS
l. Contractor shall have five (5) years of experience which is comparable in type and scope to
this project.
2. Work hours are 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. Any deviation is subject to
the approval of the Village representative.
3. The project will be done on consecutive work days, excluding weekends and holidays
observed by the Village, until completed, delays only to inclement weather.
4. Contractor is required to obtain all necessary permits from the Village of Oak Brook, and
schedule required inspections through Development Services.
5. The Contractor shall supply to the Village, phone numbers where he/she can be reached
after normal working hours.
6. The Contractor must submit all manufacturers' literature on all materials that will be used
on this project, including M.S.D.S. (Material Safety Data Sheets) prior to any work
beginning.
7. A storage location for supplies, ladders and scaffolding shall be mutually agreed upon
between the Village and the contractor before any material is stored on site. The Contractor
must deliver material with manufacturers labels intact and legible, store material on raised
platforms and cover material with protective covering.
8. Before work is started, Contractor must deliver to the job site sufficient material to complete
the project.
9. If a dumpster is required, the location of the dumpster placement shall be mutually agreed
upon between the Village and the contractor.
10. All ladders and scaffolding shall be maintained in prior working order during the course of
this project and shall be secured at the end of each workday.
1 1. Contractor must provide barricades to ensure that falling debris will not injure anyone, and
to prevent public access to the work area at all times. Yellow "CAUTION" tape will be
ATTACIIMENT D
placed below the immediate work areas of laborers and scaffolds to warn the public of
people working overhead.
12. At all times, Contractor must keep the work and storage areas in a clean, orderly, and a
picked up manner, to prevent debris from blowing. Clean adjoining streets and immediate
vicinity at the end of each work day. Sidewalks, windowsills, roofs and other work areas
will be broom swept to remove all debris. Daily material and debris not placed into dumpster
will be removed from the site.
13. Upon completion of the project the work area shall be cleaned. All debris and remaining
material and supplies shall be removed from the jobsite, including the dumpster withinT2
hours of completion.
14. Upon completion the Contractor shall supply a one year w.uranty covering material and
workmanship; contractor shall submit sample warranty with bid.
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND
GENERATOR INSTALLATION
APPENDIX l
PREVAILING WAGES
preva∥ing Wage rates for
DuPage county effective
Sept.1.2017
Trade Title
ASBESTOS ABT‐GEN
ASBESTOS ABT―MEC
BOILERMAKER
BRICK MASON
CARPENTER
CEMENT MASON
CERAMiC TILE FNSHER
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
COMMUNICAT10N TECH ALL
ELECTRIC PWR EQMT OP ALL
ELECTRIC PWR EQMT OP ALL
ELECTRIC PVVR GRNDMAN ALL
ELECTRIC PWR GRNDMAN ALL
ELECTRiC PWR LINEMAN ALL
ELECTRIC PWR LINEMAN ALL
ELECTRIC PⅥ/R TRK DRV ALL
ELECTRIC PWR TRK DRV ALL
ELECTRICIAN ALL
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR ALL
FENCE ERECTOR NE
FENCE ERECTOR W
GLAZIER
HT/FROSTINSULATOR
IRON WORKER
IRON WORKER
LABORER
ALL
ALLEW
ALL
ALL
BLD
BLD
BLD
ALL
ALL
BLD
BLD
ALL
HWY
ALL
HWY
ALL
HWY
ALL
HWY
BLD
BLD
ALL
ALL
BLD
BLD
ALL
ALL
ALL
wage
4220
3996
5286
4992
1465
1162
697
1045
1179
1400
‐
‐
500
550
500
550
500
550
500
550
1235
1443
1340
1052
1404
1212
1415
1152
1465
5148
5638
5148
5638
4326
5843
4158
4866
4395
5300
4933
4925
4195
15
152
15
152
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
152
152
15
1522
15
15
152
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
152
152
15
1522
15
M‐F OSA OSH H/W
OT
Pension vacation Training
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
493
416
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
030
059
068
090
040
070
094
072
035
081
050
Region Type Class Base Fore-
Wage man
2930
3200
4536
4967
3034
3314
3926
5194
3958
4506
4245
5050
4733
4561
4120
4635LATHER
MACHINIST
MARBLE FINISHERS
MARBLE MASON
MATERIAL TESTER I
MATERIALS TESTER∥
MILLVVRIGHT
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGlNEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATlNG ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGlNEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATlNG ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGlNEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
OPERATING ENGINEER
ORNAMNTLIRON
WORKER
ORNAMNTLIRON
ヽハ′ORKER
PAINTER
PAINTER SIGNS
PILEDRIVER
PIPEFITTER
PLASTERER
PLUMBER
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALLEW
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
3395
4463
3120
3620
4635
5010
4880
4625
4450
5385
5110
5310
3800
4830
4775
4570
4430
4310
5130
4930
4675
4506
4418
3745
4635
4750
4275
4925
‐
3395
4909
3120
3620
4835
5410
5410
5410
5410
5410
5410
5410
3800
5230
5230
5230
5230
5230
5230
5230
4925
4866
4618
4205
4835
5050
4531
5220
15
15
15
15
15
15
152222222
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
1522
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
■515
152222222
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
1522
15
15
15
15
15
15
■
1045
1045
1465
1465
1179
1880
1880
1880
1880
1880
1880
1880
1805
1880
1880
1880
1880
1880
1880
1880
1390
1887
895
1552
1628
1232
1232
1887
1435
1435
1435
1435
1435
1435
1435
1360
1435
1435
1435
1435
1435
1435
1435
1979
2076
820
318
1887
1785
1571
1335
000
185
000
000
000
000
000
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
190
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
059
050
050
063
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
075
ALL
BLD
ALL
BLD
ALL
ALL
ALL
BLD l
BLD 2
BLD 3
BLD 4
BLD 5
BLD 6
BLD 7
FLT
HWY l
Hヽ ～Y 2
HWY 3
HWY 4
HVVY 5
HWY 6
HWY 7
ALL
ALL
ALL
BLD
ALL
BLD
BLD
BLD2 1522222
R00FER
SHEETMETAL VVORKER
SPRINKLER F1lTER
STEEL ERECTOR
STEEL ERECTOR
STONE MASON
TERRAZZO FINISHER
TERRAZZO MASON
TILE MASON
TRAFFIC SAFETY VVRKR
TRUCK DRIVER
TRUCK DRIVER
TRUCK DRIVER
TRUCK DRIVER
TUCKPOINTER
LeRend
M-F OT Unless otherwise noted, OT pay is required for any hour greater than 8 worked each day, Mon through Fri. The number listed is the
multiple of the base wage.
OSA Overtime pay required for every hour worked on Saturdays
OSH Overtime pay required for every hourworked on Sundays and Holidays
H/W Health/Welfare benefit
Explanations DUPAGE COUNTY
IRON WORKERS AND FENCE ERECIOR (WEST) - West of Route 53.
The following list is considered as those days for which holiday rates of wages for work performed apply: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Fourth
ofJuly, Labor Day, ThanksBivinB Day, Christmas Day and Veterans Day in some classifications/counties. Generally, any ofthese holidays which
fall on a Sunday is celebrated on the following Monday. This then makes work performed on that Monday payable at the appropriate overtime
rate for holiday pay. Common practice in a given local may alter certain days of celebration. lf in doubt, please check with IDOL.
ALL
ALL
ALLEW
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
4230
4577
4720
3645
3665
3685
4417
4530
4777
4920
4407
4866
4992
4054
4788
‐
3510
3685
3685
3685
3685
4517
15
15
1522
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
908
1065
1225
1345
1052
1045
1065
1065
‐
810
810
810
810
810
1045
1214
1410
1155
1959
2076
1668
1276
1415
‐
762
976
976
976
976
1504
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
058
082
055
035
070
090
073
082
■
025
015
015
015
015
088
BLD
BLD
BLD
ALL
ALL
BLD
BLD
BLD
BLD
HWY
ALL l
ALL 2
ALL 3
ALL 4
BLD
15
15
1522
15
15
15
15
■5■515
15
15
15222222222222222
EXPLANATION OF CLASSES
ASBESTOS - GENERAL - removal of asbestos material/mold and hazardous materials from any place in a building, including mechanical systems
where those mechanical systems are to be removed. This includes the removal of asbestos materials/mold and hazardous materials from
ductwork or pipes in a building when the building is to be demolished at the time or at some close future date.
ASBESTOS - MECHANICAL - removal of asbestos material from mechanical systems, such as pipes, ducts, and boilers, where the mechanical
systems are to remain.
TRAFFIC SAFETY - work associated with barricades, horses and drums used to reduce lane usage on highway work, the installation and removal
oftemporary lane markings, and the installation and removal of temporary road signs.
CERAMIC TILE FINISHER
The grouting, cleaning, and polishing of all classes of tile, whether for interior or exterior purposes, all burned, glazed or unglazed products; all
composition materials, granite tiles, warning detectable tiles, cement tiles, epoxy composite materials, pavers, glass, mosaics, fiberglass, and all
substitute materials, for tile made in tile-like units; all mixtures in tile like form of cement, metals, and other materials that are for and intended
for use as a finished floor surface, stair treads, promenade roofs, walks, walls, ceilings, swimming pools, and all other places where tile is to form
a finished interior or exterior. The mixing of all setting mortars including but not limited to thin-set mortars, epoxies, wall mud, and any other
sand and cement mixtures or adhesives when used in the preparation, installation, repair, or maintenance of tile and/or similar materials. The
handling and unloading of all sand, cement, lime, tile, fixtures, equipment, adhesives, or any other materials to be used in the preparation,
installation, repair, ormaintenance of tile and/or similar materials. CeramicTile Finishers shallfill alljoints and voids regardless of method on all
tilework, particularly and especially after installation of said tilework. Application ofanyand all protective coverings to a ll types of tile
installations including, but not be limited to, allsoap compounds, paper products, tapes, and all polyethylene coverings, plywood, masonite,
cardboard, and any new type of products that may be used to protect tile installations, Blastrac equipment, and all floor scarifying equipment
used in preparing floors to receive tile. The clean up and removal of all waste and materials. All demolition of existing tile floors and walls to be
re-tiled.
COM M UNICATIONS TECH NICIAN
Low voltage installation, maintenance and removal of telecommunication facilities (voice, sound, data and video) including telephone and data
inside wire, interconnect, terminal equipment, central offices, PABX, fiber optic cable and equipment, micro waves, V-SAT, bypass, CATV, WAN
(wide area networks), LAN (local area networks), and ISDN (integrated system digital network), pulling of wire in raceways, but not the
installation of raceways.
MARBLE FINISHER
Loading and unloading trucks, distribution of all materials (all stone, sand, etc.), stocking of floors with material, performing all rigging for heavy
work, the handling of all material that may be needed for the installation of such materials, building of scaffolding, polishing if needed, patching,
waxing of material if damaged, pointing up, caulking, grouting and cleaning of marble, holding water on diamond or Carborundum blade or saw
for setters cutting, use of tub saw or any other saw needed for preparation of material, drilling of holes for wires that anchor material set by
setters, mixing up of molding plaster for installation of material, mixing up thin set for the installation of material, mixing up of sand to cement
for the installation of material and such other work as may be required in helping a Marble Setter in the handling of all material in the erection
or installation of interior marble, slate, travertine, art marble, serpentine, alberene stone, blue stone, granite and other stones (meaning as to
stone any foreign or domestic materials as are specified and used in building interiors and exteriors and customarily known as stone in the
trade), carrara, sanionyx, vitrolite and similar opaque glass and the laying of all marble tile, terrazzo tile, slate tile and precast tile, steps, risers
treads, base, or any other materials that may be used as substitutes for any of the aforementioned materials and which are used on interior and
exterior which are installed in a similar manner.
MATERIAL TESTER l: Hand coring and drilling for testing of materials; field inspection ofuncured concrete and asphalt.
MATERIAL TESTER ll: Field inspection of welds, structural steel, fireproofing, masonry, soil, facade, reinforcing steel, formwork, cured concrete,
and concrete and asphalt batch plants; adjusting proportions of bituminous mixtures.
OPERATING ENGINEER - BUILDING
Class 1. Asphalt Plant; Asphalt Spreader; Autograde; Backhoes with Caisson Attachment; Batch Plant; Benoto (requires Two Engineers); Boiler
and Throttle Valve; Caisson Rigs; Central Redi-Mix Plant; Combination Back Hoe Front End-loader Machine; Compressor and Throttle Valve;
Concrete Breaker (Truck Mounted); Concrete Conveyor; Concrete Conveyor (Truck Mounted); Concrete Paver Over 27E cu. ft; Concrete Paver
27E cu.fl,,. and Under: Concrete Placer; Concrete Placing Boom; Concrete Pump (Truck Mounted); Concrete Tower; Cranes, All; Cranes,
Hammerhead; Cranes, (GCl and similarType); Creter Crane; Spider Crane; Crusher, Stone, etc.; Derricks, All; Derricks, Traveling; Formless Curb
and Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grouting Machines; Heavy Duty Self-Propelled Transporter or Prime Mover; Highlift Shovels or Front
Endloader 2-1/4 yd. and over; Hoists, Elevators, outside type rack and pinion and similar machines; Hoists, One, Two and Three Drum; Hoists,
Two Tugger One Floor; Hydraulic Backhoes; Hydraulic Boom Trucks; Hydro Vac (and similar equipment); Locomotives, All; Motor Patrol;
Lubrication Technician; Manipulators; Pile Drivers and Skid Rig; Post Hole Digger; Pre-Stress Machine; Pump Cretes Dual Ram; Pump Cretes:
Squeeze Cretes-Screw Type Pumps; Gypsum Bulker and Pump; Raised and Blind Hole Drill; Roto Mill Grinder; Scoops - Tractor Drawn; Slip-Form
Paver; Straddle Buggies; Operation of Tie Back Machine; Tournapull; Tractor with Boom and Side Boom; Trenching Machines.
Class 2. Boilers; Broom, All Power Propelled; Bulldozers; Concrete Mixer (Two Bag and Over); Conveyor, Portable; Forklift Trucks; Highlift Shovels
or Front Endloaders under 2-V4 yd.; Hoists, Automatic; Hoists, lnside Elevators; Hoists, Sewer Dragging Machine; Hoists, Tugger Single Drum;
Laser Screed; Rock Drill (Self-Propelled); Rock Drill (Truck Mounted); Rollers, All; Steam Generators; Tractors, All; Tractor Drawn Vibratory Roller;
Winch Trucks with "A" Frame.
Class 3. Air Compressor; Combination Small Equipment Operator; Generators; Heaters, Mechanical; Hoists, lnside Elevators (remodeling or
renovation work); Hydraulic Power Units (Pile Driving, Extracting, and Drilling); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to exceed a total of 300 ft.); Low Boys;
Pumps, Well Points; Welding Machines (2 through 5); Winches,4 Small Electric Drill Winches.
Class 4. Bobcats and/or other Skid Steer Loaders; Oilers; and Brick Forklift.
class 5. Assistant Craft Foreman.
Class 5. Gradall.
Class 7. Mechanics; Welders.
OPERATING ENGINEERS - HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Class 1. Asphalt plant; Asphalt Heater and Planer Combination; Asphalt Heater Scarfire; Asphalt Spreader; Autograder/GOMACO or other similar
type machines: ABG paver; Backhoes with Caisson Attachment; Ballast Regulator; Belt Loader; Caisson Rigs; Car Dumper; Central Redi-Mix Plant;
Combination Backhoe Front Endloader Machine, (1 cu. yd. Backhoe Bucket or over or with attachments); Concrete Breaker (Truck Mounted);
Concrete Conveyor; Concrete Paver over 27E cu. ft.; Concrete Placer; Concrete Tube Float; Cranes, all attachments; Cranes, Tower Cranes of all
types: Creter Crane: Spider Crane; Crusher, Stone, etc.; Derricks, All; Derrick Boats; Derricks, Traveling; Dredges; Elevators, Outside type Rack &
pinion and Similar Machines; Formless Curb and Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grader, Motor Grader, Motor Patrol, Auto Patrol, Form
Grader, pull Grader, Subgrader; Guard Rail Post Driver Truck Mounted; Hoists, One, Two and Three Drum; Heavy Duty Self-Propelled Transporter
or prime Mover; Hydraulic Backhoes; Backhoes with shear attachments up to 40'of boom reach; Lubrication Technician; Manipulators; Mucking
Machine; Pile Drivers and Skid Rig; Pre-stress Machine; Pump Cretes Dual Ram; Rock Drill - Crawler or Skid Rig; Rock Drill - Truck Mounted;
Rock/Track Tamper; Roto Mill Grinder; Slip-Form Paver; Snow Melters; Soil Test Drill Rig (Truck Mounted); Straddle Buggies; Hydraulic
Telescoping Form (Tunnel); Operation of Tieback Machine; Tractor Drawn Belt Loader; Tractor Drawn Belt loader (with attached pusher - two
engineers); Tractor with Boom; Tractaire with Attachments; Traffic Barrier Transfer Machine; Trenching; Truck Mounted Concrete Pump with
Boom; Raised or Blind Hole Drills (Tunnel Shaft); Underground Boring and/or Mining Machines 5 ft. in diameter and over tunnel, etc;
Underground Boring and/or Mining Machines under 5 ft. in diameter; Wheel Excavator; Widener (APSCO)
Class 2. Batch plant; Bituminous Mixer; Boiler and Throttle Valve; Bulldozers; Car Loader Trailing Conveyors; Combination Backhoe Front
Endloader Machine (Less than 1 cu. yd. Backhoe Bucket or over or with attachments); Compressor and Throttle Valve; Compressor, Common
Receiver (3); Concrete Breaker or Hydro Hammer; Concrete Grinding Machine; Concrete Mixer or Paver 75 Series to and including 27 cu. ft.;
Concrete Spreader; Concrete Curing Machine, Burlap Machine, Belting Machine and Sealing Machine; Concrete WheelSaw; Conveyor Muck Cars
(Haglund or Similar Type); Drills, All; Finishing Machine - Concrete; Highlift Shovels or Front Endloader; Hoist - Sewer Dragging Machine;
Hydraulic Boom Trucks (All Attachments); Hydro-Blaster; Hydro Excavating (excluding hose work); Laser Screed; All Locomotives, Dinky; Off-Road
Hauling Units (including articulating) Non Self-Loading Ejection Dump; Pump Cretes: Squeeze Cretes - Screw Type Pumps, Gypsum Bulker and
pump; Roller, Asphalt; Rotary Snow Plows; Rototiller, Seaman, etc., self-propelled; Self-Propelled Compactor; Spreader - Chip - Stone, etc.;
Scraper - Single/Twin Engine/Push and Pull; Scraper - Prime Mover in Tandem (Regardless of Size); Tractors pulling attachments, Sheeps Foot,
Disc, Compactor, etc.; Tug Boats.
Class 3. Boilers; Brooms, All Power Propelled; Cement Supply Tender; Compressor, Common Receiver (2); Concrete Mixer (Two Bag and Over);
Conveyor, Portable; Farm-Type Tractors Used for Mowing, Seeding, etc.; Forklift Trucks; Grouting Machine; Hoists, Automatic; Hoists, All
Elevators; Hoists, Tugger Single Drum; Jeep Diggers; Low Boys; Pipe Jacking Machines; Post-Hole Digger; Power Saw, Concrete Power Driven; Pug
Mills; Rollers, other than Asphalt; Seed and Straw Blower; Steam Generators; Stump Machine; Winch Truck with "A" Frame; Work Boats;
Tamper-Form-Motor Driven.
Class 4. Air Compressor; Combination - Small Equipment Operator; Directional Boring Machine; Generators; Heaters, Mechanical; Hydraulic
power Unit (Pile Driving, Extracting, or Drilling); Light Plants, All (1 through 5); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to exceed a total of 300 ft.); Pumps,
Well Points; Vacuum Trucks (excluding hose work); Welding Machines (2 through 5); Winches,4 Small Electric DrillWinches.
Class 5. SkidSteer Loader (all); Brick Forklifts; Oilers.
Class 5. Field Mechanics and Field Welders
Class 7. Dowell Machine with Air Compressor; Gradall and machines of like nature.
OPERATING ENGINEER - FLOATING
Diver. Diver wet Tender, Diver Tender, RoV Pilot, ROV Tender
TRUCK DRIVER - BUILDING, HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Class 1. Two or three Axle Trucks. A-frame Truck when used for transportation purposes; Air Compressors and Welding Machines, including
those pulled by cars, pick-up trucks and tractors; Ambulances; Batch Gate Lockers; Batch Hopperman; Car and Truck Washers; Carry-alls; Fork
Lifts and Hoisters; Helpers; Mechanics Helpers and Greasers; Oil Distributors 2-man operation; Pavement Breakers; Pole Trailer, up to 40 feet;
power Mower Tractors; Self-propelled Chip Spreader; Skipman; Slurry Trucks, 2-man operatioU 5lurry Truck Conveyor Operation, 2 or 3 man;
Teamsters; Unskilled Dumpman; and Truck Drivers hauling warninB lights, barricades, and portable toilets on the .iob site.
Class 2. Four axle trucks; Dump Crets and Adgetors under 7 yards; Dumpsters, Track Trucks, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump Turnapulls or
Tu rnatrailers when pulling other than self-loading equipment or similar equipment under 16 cubic yards; M ixer Trucks under 7 yeards; Ready-
mix Plant Hopper Operator, and Winch Trucks, 2 Axles.
Class 3. Five axle trucks; Dump Crets and Adgetors 7 yards and over; Dumpsters, Track Trucks, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump Turnatrailers or
turnapulls when pulling other than selfJoading equipment or similar equipment over 16 cubic yards; Explosives and/or Fission MaterialTrucks;
Mixer Trucks 7 yards or over; Mobile Cranes while in transit; Oil Distributors, 1-man operation; Pole Trailer, over 40 feet; Pole and Expandable
Trailers hauling material over 50 feet long; 5lurry trucks, 1-man operation; Winch trucks, 3 axles or more; Mechanic-Truck Welder and Truck
Painter.
Class 4. Six axle trucks; Dual-purpose vehicles, such as mounted crane trucks with hoist and accessories; Foreman; Master Mechanic; Self-
loading equipment like P.B. and trucks with scoops on the front.
TERRAZZO FINISH ER
The handling of sand, cement, marble chips, and all other materials that may be used by the Mosaic Terrazzo Mechanic, and the mixing,
grinding, grouting, cleaning and sealing of all Marble, Mosaic, and Terrazzo work, floors, base, stairs, and wainscoting by hand or machine, and in
addition, assisting and aiding Marble, Masonic, and Terrazzo Mechanics.
Other Classifications of Work:
For definitions of classifications not otherwise set out, the Department generally has on file such definitions which are available' lf a task to be
performed is not subiect to one ofthe classifications of pay set out, the Department will upon being contacted state which neighboring county
has such a classification and provide such rate, such rate being deemed to exist by reference in this document. lf no neighboring county rate
applies to the task, the Department shall undertakea special determination, such special determination beingthen deemed to have existed
under this determination. lfa proiect requires these, or any classification not listed, please contact IDOL aI2L7 -782-!710 for wage rates or
clarifications.
LANDSCAPING
Landscaping work falls under the existing classifications for laborer, operating engineer and truck driver. Thework performed by landscape
plantsman and landscape laborer is covered bythe existing classification of laborer. The work performed bylandscape operators (regardless of
equipment used or its size) is covered by the classifications of operatinB engineer. Thework performed by landscape truck drivers (regardless of
size oftruck driven) is covered by the classifications oftruck driver.
MATER:AL TESTER&MATER:AL TESTER/1NSPEC「ORIAND∥
Notwithstanding the difference in the classification title′the c!assification entitled・ Material Testerl・ involves the sameiOb duties as the
classricat10n enttled“Mate∥al Tester/lnspectorl" Likewise′the classiflcation enttled“MateHal Tester∥“involves the samejob duties as the
clas●lca●on ent■led・ Matenal Tester/lnspectorlr
APPENDIX 2
PERFORDIANCE BOND
KNOW ALL bllEN BY TIIESE PuSENTS:
[insert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the "Contractor") and
[insert surety name and address here:]
organized and existing under the laws of the State of
(hereinafter called the "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto Village of Oak
Brook, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the "Owner"), in
the full and just sum of [insert full contract price here:] $.for thc
payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, the Contractor and the Surety bind
themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents, said amount to include payment of actual costs and damages and for attorneys'
fees, architectural fees, design fees, engineering fees, accounting fees, testing fees, consulting fees,
administrative costs, court costs, interest and any other fees and expenses resulting from or incurred by
reason of the Contractor's failure to promptly and faithfully perform its contract with the Owner, said
contract being more fully described below, and to include attorneys' fees, court costs and administrative
and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing performance of the obligation
of the Surety under this bond.
here:]
WHEREAS, the Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date
_, 201-, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]
(the
"Contract"), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully
set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thc
Contractor shall well, truly, and promptly perflorm all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions,
and agreements of the Contractor under the contract, including but not limited to the Contractor's
obligations under the Contract, (1) to provide, perform, and complete at the Work Site and in the manner
specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials,
apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other
means and items necessary for [insert general description of the Work here:]
ffi l?::.#ff :".tr3"*TI,};'1ffi H:;1)":::i;'"ff!,:':;;:;;ffi :i;:)
in the Attachment A of the ContractJ; (3) to procure and furnish all bonds, certificates, and policies of
insurance specified in the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all
other things required of the Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform, and complete all of
the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by and
pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the "W'ork," whether or not any of the
Work enter into and become component parts of the improvement contemplated, then this obligation
shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
APPENDIX 2
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications, alterations,
omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner or the
Contractor to the other in or to the terms of said Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings, or
specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefore shall
in any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of
any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions,
extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by the Contractor or of the Owner's
termination of the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing paragraph, in no event shall the
obligations of the Surety underthis bond in the event of the Contractor's default be greater than the
obligations of the Contractor under the Contract in the absence of the Contractor default.
In the event of a default or defaults by the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to take
over and complete the Contract on 30 calendar days' written notice to the Surety, in which event the
Surety shall pay the Owner all costs incurred by the Owner in taking over and completing the Contract.
At its option, the Owner may instead request that the Surety take over and complete the Contract,
in which event the Surety shall take reasonable steps to proceed promptly with completion no later than
30 calendar days after the date on which the Owner notifies the Surety that the Owner wants the Surety
to take over and complete the Contract.
The Owner shall have no obligation to actually incur any expense or correct any deficient
performance of the Contractor to be entitled to receive the proceeds of this bond.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other
than the Owner or the heirs, executors, administrators, or successors of the Owner.
Signed and sealed this
Attest/lVitness:
day of 201
PRINCIPAL
By:
Titlci
By:
Title:
AttestAVitness:SUuTY
APPENDIX 3
LABOR AND ⅣIATERIALS PAYDIENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY TttSE PMSENTS:
finsert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the "Contractor") and
[insert surety name and address here:]
,b"rr;:,x'1""i3*i,"il3:l:',*?Jti1l::'"'i',#f
g.ook, tZOO Oubgrook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the "Owner"), for
the use and benefit of itself and of claimants as hereinafter defined (the "Claimants") in the full and just
sum of [insert full contract price here:] $to be paid to the Owner or the
Claimants or the Owner's or the Claimant's assigns, to which payment well and truly to be made the
Contractor and the Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents, said amount to include attorney's fees, court
costs, and administrative and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing
performance of the obligation of the Surety under this bond.
WHEREAS, the Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date
here:],201_, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]
" (the "Contract"), the
te.-. ,"d c""ditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thE
Contractor shall promptly pay or cause to be paid all sums of money that may be due to any Claimant
with respect to the Contractor's obligations under the Contract: (1) to provide, perform, and complete
at the Work Site and in the manner specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste
disposal, informaiion, data and other means and items necessary for [insert general description of the
Work here:]
; #1" j: xJ:;&"lj .T,#"ll'"x"'f""#'i'il
[except as otherwiseixpressly proided in Attachment A to the Contract]; (3) to procue and furnish
all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance specified in the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable
federal, state, and local taxes; (S) to do all other things required of the Contractor by the Contract; and
(6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in
iril compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to
as the .'^Worg" whether o. rrot any of said Work enter into and become component parts of the
improvement contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in fulI
force and effect.
For purpose of this bond, a Claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Contractor oi with a subcontractor of the Contractor to provide, perform, or complete any part of the
Work.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree that every Claimant that has
not had all just claims forthe furnishing of anypart of the Workpaid in full, including without limitation
all claims for amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, rentals of or service or repairs on
machinery, equipment, and tools consumed or used in connection with the furnishing of any part of the
Work, 11uy rrr" in this bond for the use of that Claimant, may prosecute the suit to final judgment for
APPENDIX 3
such sum or sums as may be justly due that Claimant, and may have execution therein; provided,
however, that the Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
The provisions of 30 ILCS 550/1 and 2 of the Illinois Compiled Statutes shall be deemed inserted herein,
including the time limits within which notices of claim must be filed and actions brought under this
bond.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly agree that the Owner may sue on this bond if the
Owner is held liable to, or voluntarily agrees to pay, any Claimant directly, but nothing in this bond shall
create any duty on the part of the Owner to pay any Claimant.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications,
alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner
or the Contractor to the other in or to the terms of the Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings,
or specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefor shall
in any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of
any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions,
extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults bythe Contractor or of the Owner's
termination of the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Signed and sealed this
Attest/Witness:
day of 201
CONTRACTOR
By:
Titlc:
By:
Title:
Attest/Witness:SURETY
By:
#34920193 v2
By: